NCD986187128_20010901_North Belmont PCE_FRBCERCLA SPD_Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan-OCR

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SITE-SPECIFiq HEAL TH AND SAFETY PLAN 2001 NORTH BELMONT PCE SITE 'SEP 2 1
I WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEl\1ENTS
I
'BELMONT, GASTON COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA
Prepared for:
Trans-State Construction
\ P.O. Box 545 ·
Denver, North Carolina 28037
Prepared by:
Roy F. Weston, Inc.
I Suite 200
5405 Metric Place I . Norcross, Georgia 30092
[phone]
SEPTEMBER 2001
WESTON WORK ORDER NO. 12720.001.001.0001
NOR/K:\WP\127201hasp002{rev0901) doc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1•
Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan
North Belmont PCE Site
I Water System Improvements
Belmont, GastJn County, North Carolina
SITE-SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN APPROVALS
By their specific signature, the undersigned certify that this Sito-Specific Health and Safety Plan
(SHSP) is approved for utilization during Jater system improvements at the North Belmont PCE
Site located in Belmont, Gaston County, Nlrth Carolina.
Signature, Name, Title
WESTON -Project Manager
Douglas Mooney
WESTON -Regional Safety Officer (RSO)
Tersa Offner
Site Manager
(To Be Assigned)
Site Health and Safety Officer
Troy Reeves
NOR/K.\WP\ 127201hasp002(re',,{)901 ),doc
Date
Date
Date
Date
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan
North Belmont PCE Site
I \Vater System Improvements
Belmont, Gasto1n County, North Carolina
I understand, agree to, and will confonn with the infonnation set forth in this Site Specific
I Health and Safety Plan and discussed in the Personnel Safety and Health briefing(s).
Name Date
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901 ).doc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section
2
3
4
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title
SITE DESCRIPTION AND BACKGROUND ................................................ 1-1
1.1 Site Location And P~oject Description .................................................... 1-1
1.2 Project Objectives ... ! ................................................................................ 1-1
: :~ ~l~!:~I;~:::: :: :: : :: : :J: :: : :: : :: : :: : : : : :: :: : : : : : : : :: : :: : : : :: : :: : : :: : :: : ::: :: : :: ::: : :: ::: : : : : : : ::: : :: : : : ~~
1.6 Hydrogcology .......... l. ............................................................................... 1-5
I. 7 Existing conditions.-:-............................................................................... 1-6
ORGANIZATION/ADMINIISTRATION ························································· 2-1
2.1 Responsibilities for lafety Activities/Procedures ................................... 2-1
2.2
2.3
2.1.1 Regional Safety 0fficcr/Rcsponsibilitics/Qualifications .................. 2-1
2.1.2 Site Health and S1afcty Officer
' (SHSO)/Responsibilities/Qualifications ............................................ 2-1
Chain-of-Command .. 1 ............................................................................... 2-2
First Aid/CPR Persorinel ......................................................................... 2-2
I 2.4 Subcontractor Personnel .......................................................................... 2-2
FIELD ACTIVITIES ......... ..!. .............................................................................. 3-1
3.1 Field Tasks ............. ..l .............................................................................. 3-1
3.2 Remedial Objectives.! .............................................................................. 3-3
3.3 Overview of Remeditil Approach ............................................................ 3-3
PPE SELECTION .............. .l. ............................................................................. 4-1
4.1 Level D PPE ............ ..1. ............................................................................. 4-1 ' 4.2 Modified Level D PPE ............................................................................ 4-1
I
ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS .................................................................. 5-1
5.1 Overview ................... l ............................................................................. 5-1
5.1.1 Hot Work ............. l ............................................................................. 5-I
5.1.2 Heavy Equipment !Operation ............................................................. 5-1
5.1.3 Trenches ............................................................................................ 5-7
5.1.4 Utilities ................ J... .......................................................................... 5-7
NOR/K:\WPI 12720\hasp002( rcv090 t ).doc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE OF C,:ONTENTS (Continued)
Section Title Page
6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE CONTINGENCY PLAN .................................. 6-1
6.1 Introduction ............ l ................................................................................ 6-1
I
6.1.1 Pre-Emergency Planning ................................................................... 6-1
6.1.2 Roles and Rcspohsibilities ................................................................. 6-2
6.1.3 Incident Commarid System (JCS) ...................................................... 6-2
6.1.4 ERC Role ........ ..J. ............................................................................... 6-2
6.1.5 Alternate ERC'slRolc ........................................................................ 6-3
6.1.6 Site Manager Role ............................................................................. 6-3
6.1. 7 Program or Operhtions Safety Manager Role ................................... 6-3
6.1.8 RSO Role .......... J ................................................................................ 6-3 ' 6.1.9 Project Manager Role ........................................................................ 6-3
6 0 I-I •• p · 63 . I. I :mergency Rccog111hon, reventton ................................ ................. -
6.1.11 Communication .1 ................................................................................ 6-4
6.1·.12 Support Areas, E~acuation Procedures and Personnel Accounting .. 6-5
Emergency Proccdurls ............................................................................ 6-5
6.2.1 General .............. 1 ............................................................................... 6-5
6.2.2 Security Issues ... ! ............................................................................... 6-7
' 6.2.3 Severe Weather/Natural Disasters ..................................................... 6-7
6.2.4 Injury or Illness ..1. .............................................................................. 6-8
6.2.5 Extrication .......... 1 ............................................................................... 6-8
6.2.6 Small Fire .......... .1 ............................................................................... 6-9
~:;:~ ~:~~~s~~~:.:::::::::::i::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~:~
6.2.9 Small Spill ........ ..I. ............................................................................ 6-10
6.2.10 Large Spill ......... .!. ........................................................................... 6-1 O
I
6.2
7
Critiques and Corrective Actions .......................................................... 6-11
I ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN AND REPORTING AND
CONTINGENCIES ............. J.. ............................................................................ 7-1
7.1 Administrative Rcspol1sibilities For Accident Prevention ...................... 7-1 ' 7.2 Local Requirements: Noise Control, Traffic Control, Marking Of
Hazards .................... ..1. ............................................................................. 7-1
7.2.1 Noise Control ...... l ............................................................................. 7-1
7.2.2 Traffic Control ..... ! ............................................................................. 7-2
6.3
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002{ rev0901 ) .doc
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section
Figure
1-1
7-1
7-2
Table
5-1
5-2
7-1
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Title Page
Subcontractor Coordination .................................................................... 7-2 ' . Housekeeping And Maintenance Of Safe Access/Egress ....................... 7-2
Fire Protection And !Emergencies ............................................................ 7-2
Inspections, Reporting, Corrective Actions, And Rccordkecping .......... 7-3
Contingencies ......... 1 ••••...........................•..•.•••.....................••••••............... 7-3
LIST OF FIGURES
Title
Site Map ............................................................................................................... 1-2
I
Map of Route to Hospital, Woodlawn Street to Gaston Memorial Hospital ....... 7-5
I
Map of Route to Hospital, Woodlawn Street to Kings Mountain Hospital ......... 7-6
LIST OF TABLES
Title
Activity Hazard Analysis, A:ctivities 1/4-Mobilization/Site
Preparation/Erosion Control1/Site Restoration/Demobilization ............................ 5-2
Activity Hazard Analysis, )ctivities 2/3-Installation and Testing of
Residential Carbon Filtratioh Units (RCFUs) and Installation of Water Main ... 5-5
C . . . I ontmgenc1es ....................................................................................................... 7-4
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A -WESTON Field Opcratinl Procedures
APPENDIX B -Material Safety Data Shcbts (MSDSs)
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901) doc 111
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1•
SECTION 1
I
SITE DESCRIPTION AND BACKGROUND
This Site Health and Safety Plan (SHSP) was prepared by Roy F. Weston, Inc:, (WESTON@) for
I water system improvements consisting of the installation of a water main and installation and
maintenance of residential carbon filtratio~ units (RCFUs) in North Belmont, North Carolina.
I
This SHSP is developed in accordance with WESTON's in-place Health and Safety program,
I and incorporates, by reference, WESTON's Safety Officer Field Manual, and WESTON's
Construction Safety Guidance Document.
I.I SITE LOCATION AND PRO.IECT DESCRIPTION
I
The North Belmont Site is located in North Belmont, Gaston County, North Carolina.
Tetrachloroethene (PCE) contaminated groulndwater exists beneath the area in the vicinity of the
following street intersections:
• Woodlawn Street and School Street;
• Acme Street and O' Daniel Street:
• Acme Street and Centerview Street;
• O'Daniel Street and Dumont Street;
• Centerview Street and Thomas Fite Street; and
• Thomas Fite Street and Cody Lane.
See Figure 1-1. Sources of drinking water in the area include private wells and water supplied by
the City of Belmont.
1.2 PRO.IECT OB.IECTIVES
As part of the remedial action to address groundwater contamination, an alternate drinking water
supply will be furnished to participating areh residents whose drinking water is currently being
supplied by private wells located in the viciJity of the contaminant plume. Residents were given
the option of hooking up the City of Beh~1ont's water system, the installation of a carbon
filtration unit, or no remedial action. The Lope of the work to meet the project objectives
NOR/K:\WPI 12720\hasp002( rev0901 ) . doc I -I
-------------------
0
8 I
I ~ Ii " i ~ " "' a I a ~
8
APRVD. DA TE: REVISION
-o.._.~ C::::J
NORTH BELMONT P:CE SITE
BELMONT,GASTON Cl:OUNTY,
NORTH CAROu'1NA
I
SITE LAYOUlil
FIGURE 1-2
cJ
0, ◊
Cl
DRAWN: DATE: W.0. NO.:
J. MILLER 9 5 01 12720-001-001-0001
LAYOUT: CADD FILE: SHEET: OF
fig-1-2.dwg 1 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
includes the installation of 7,500 feet of water mam to provide city water to 60 residents;
connection of individual residents desiring city water to the new or existing water mains, and
installation and maintenance of 2 individual residential carbon filtration units (RCFUs) to select
residents. Installation of the water main will involve:
• Preliminary/Final survey of the area.
• Clearing and grnbbing of vegetative areas.
• Removal and disposal of asphalt road areas.
• Trenching.
• Installation of pipe.
• Connecting residents to the new and existing water mains.
• Connecting new water main to existing water mains.
• Backfilling.
• Final Restoration.
Installation of the RCFUs will involve the placement of a prefabricated carbon filter unit in the
existing water line from a well to the house, and constrnction of a building to house the RCFU.
Once the RCFUs arc in place, they will be tested hy sampling, then retested in 6 months. Carbon
filters will also be replaced every 6 months for the first year.
1.3 SITE HISTORY
The North Belmont PCE Site consists of two closed dry cleaning operation source areas. Source
Area A, which was operated as a dry cleaning business by the Untz family from 1960 to 1975, is
located at Roper's Shopping Center in Land Lot 5, Parcel I RSO8A on Woodlawn Avenue. The
shopping center included Roper's Furniture Store, a Baptist church, and a cabinet manufacturing
shop. The fonner dry cleaning facility is approximately 0.75 acres in size and is bounded to the
east and west by residential neighborhoods, to the north by a cemetery and an undeveloped
wooded tract, and to the south by North Belmont Elementary School. Source Arca B is located at
the northeastern comer of Acme Road and Suggs Road in Land Lot 11, Parcel I RSO8. This
parcel has been converted to residential property. The majority of the area surrounding Source
Arca 13 is residential with a few small businesses. A cabinet shop is located to the north. A
previous refrigerator repair shop and a machine shop were also suspected to be potential sources
of contamination. The refrigerator repair shop, now closed, is located at the intersection of Julia
NOR/K:IWPI 127 201hasp002(rev0901 ) .doc 1-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Street and Acme Road in Land Lot I RSO8A, Parcel 32. This is a small commercial strip area
with residential property surrounding the Site, except for a cabinet shop and a well drilling
company located to the cast. The machine shop is located at the corner of Acme and Centerview
Roads and is encompassed by residential neighborhoods. Activities at the former dry cleaning
operations resulted in groundwater contamination in the vicinity of the sites. Below are historical
maximum concentrations of contaminants detected in groundwater samples at the Site:
Contaminant
Tetrachloroethene
Trichlorocthenc (TCE)
I, 1-Dichlorocthane
I, 1-Dichloroethene
Cis-1,2-Dichloroethenc
Trichloronuoromethane
Chloroform
Heptachlorcpoxide
Maximum Expected
Concentrations {btg/L)
480
22
2.1
14
26
810
0.87
0.051
It should be noted that all activities associated with water system improvements will be
conducted away from source areas and contact with contaminated soil, groundwater, or other
materials is not anticipated.
1.4 GEOLOGY
According to the Geologic Map of North Carolina (1985), the North Belmont PCE site is
underlain by foliated to massive metamorphosed quartz diorite and massive to weakly foliated,
hornblende rich granitic type rock. These rock units have undergone periods of deformation that
have produced folding and fracture planes in the rock, as well as brittle zones where the rock is
actually crushed, sheared,,or faulted in some manner.
During previous investigations at the site, the soil profile observed varied with each location;
however, a common pattern was observed. From top to bottom, the materials consist of a
saprolite layer, a partially weathered rock zone, and the underlying fractured cry;tallinc bedrock.
The saprolite is clay-rich, residual material derived from in-place weathering of bedrock.
NOR/K:IWP\ 127201hasp002{rev0901 ).doc 1-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Typically, the saprolite is silty clay near the surface. With increasing depth, the amount of mica,
silt, and fine-grained sand and gravel tend to increase. Remnant fracture planes with quartz
infilling appear in this layer. The saprolite zone is thickest (approximately 125 feet) along the
ridgeline on the western edge of the site, thinning towards the lower elevations or stream valleys
to approximately 30 feet in thickness.
Underlying the saprolitc is a partially weathered rock layer that ranges in thickness from
approximately IO to 50 feet. This layer is composed of saprolite and fragments of weathered
bedrock.' Particle sizes range from silts and clays to large boulders ofunwcathercd bedrock. The
weathering occurs in bedrock zones less resistant to physical and chemical degradation (i.e., fault
zones, stress relief fractures, and mineralogic zones).
1.5 TOPOGRAPHY
The topography of the site is composed of low ridges accentuated by numerous small stream
valleys. In general, the topographic changes are gradual, except for occasional steep-sided
stream valleys. Specifically, the site topography is dominated by a ridgelinc on the western half
of the site. The former Untz Dry Cleaning facility, located within the present Roper Shopping
Center, was located along the center of the ridgcline. East of this ridgelinc, the topography is
dominated by slopes towards a small tributary of Fites C~cek that has headwaters adjacent to the
Roper location. The unnamed tributary lies along the northern edge of the site and flows to the
cast. Site topography along the eastern perimeter is affected by the presence of another small
stream along the extreme eastern edge of the site. This stream, which is also an unnamed
tributary of Files Creek, flows northeast and into the aforementioned stream. West of the
ridgcline the topography slopes to the west and eventually towards another stream further to the
west.
1.6 HYDROGEOLOGY
In the North Belmont PCE site area, the top of the water table is typically found in the saprolite
aquifer and will generally mimic the overlying land surface. The depth to water across the area
ranges from approximately 3 to 35 feet below ground surface. The relatively shallow depths to
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720lhasp002(rev0901 ) .doc 1-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
water occur within the basin of the stream located along the northern edge of the site. The
greatest depth to water is found along the ridgcline on the western portion of the site, which is
also the location of the Roper's Shopping Center and North Belmont Elementary School.
1.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS
WESTON/Trans-State were selected to design/install 7,500 feet of water main to provide city
water to 60 residents; connect individual residents desiring city water to the new or existing
water mains, and install and maintain 2 individual RCFUs to select residents. Currently, water
for residential use is supplied to the area by the City of Belmont (who obtains their raw water
from Lake Wylie) and private wells.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002(re,,0901 ) . doc 1-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 2
ORGANIZATION/ADMINISTRATION
2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SAFETY ACTIVITIES/PROCEDURES
Personnel selected to provide safety oversight and support were selected based on each
individual's qualifications and applicable experience.
2.1.1 Regional Safety Officer/Responsihilities/Oualifications
The Regional Safety Officer (RSO) will be responsible for enforcement of the SHSP and in this
role will perform the following duties:
• Approve the SHSP.
• Approve all modifications to the SHSP.
• Review safety audits and all incident reports and inspection fonns.
• Delegate the responsibility for oversight and field implementation of the SHSP to the Site
Health and Safety Officer.
Ms. Teresa Offner will perfonn the duties of the RSO.
2.1.2 Site Health and Safety Officer (SHSO}/Responsihilitics/Oualifications
The SHSO will be on-site during field activities and will have the pnmary function of
enforcement of this SHSP. In this role he will perfonn the following functions:
• Administer/implement the SHSP and its components.
• Conduct site specific safety training.
• Stop work in the event unsafe conditions occur.
• Implement any and all safety contingencies that may be required (such as during
substantial subsidence).
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901 ).doc 2-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Serve as primary contact during emergency situations.
• Coordinate any modifications to the SHSP.
• Conduct safety inspections.
• Conduct accident investigations and prepare incident reports.
• Prepare daily safety reports.
Teresa Offner of WESTON and Todd Reeves of Trans-State will perform the duties of the SHSO
for this project.
2.2 CHAIN-OF-COMMAND
The SI-ISO has the authority to stop work at any time if there is a violation of the plan that could
result in personal harm or exposure. 1 f such an incident occurs, work stoppage will continue until
the problem has been resolved and the proper authorities have been notified. All incidents and
work stoppages must be reported to the RSO as soon as possible, but no later than 24 hours atler
the occurrence.
2.3 FIRST AID/CPR PERSONNEL
At least one team member with current first aid and CPR certification (by an OSHA-recognized
organization) will remain on-site during all phases of field work. WESTON's policy requires that
the WESTON SHSO be first aid/CPR-certified.
2.4 SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL
All subcontractors arc responsible for adhering to the SHSP and will report directly to Trans-
Statc/WESTON's SHSO. Trans-State/WESTON will require all subcontractors to read and sign
the SHSP prior to beginning work on-site.
NORJK :\WP\ 12720\hnsp0D2( re\o0901 ).doc 2-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
••
I
I
I
I
3.1 FIELD TASKS
SECTION 3
FIELD ACTIVITIES
The field work includes the following tasks:
Task/Subtask Activity
Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion
Control
2 Installation and Testing of RCFUs
3 Construction/Installation of Water Main
and Residential Connections
4 Site Restoration and Demobilization
Task I -Site Survey/Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion Protection
Prior to mobilization, a baseline survey will be performed to provide a preconstruction baseline
topographic survey for the work, establish control for the construction, and provide a basis for
final project as-built drawings.
Mobilization/Site Preparation includes movement of Trans-State site personnel, equipment,
materials and subcontractors to the site and the preparation of a temporary project staging area.
Utilities will be established to include electricity, water and sanitary services.
Trans-State will install erosion protection as specified in the design package. Trans-State will,
during the course of the project, maintain an adequate supply of materials to assure responsive
control of erosion. All necessary erosion control systems for any specific area will be installed
prior to any intrusive activities in that area. Mobilization, demobilization, site preparation, and
erosion control will be perfonned in Level D PPE.
NOR/K:IWP\ 127201hasp002(rev0901 ) .doc 3-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
0
D
I
m
I
I
Following mobilization, clearing and grubbing of vegetative areas will be completed. All small
brush, trees, stumps, and large tree limbs will be ground and chipped on-site. Large trees will be
cut and shipped otl~site as reusable timber products.
Task 2 -Installation and Testing of RCFUs
Installation of the RCFUs includes constructing (or assembling) a prefabricated building to house
the RCFUs and installing a prefabricated RCFU on-line between the well and the residence. The
pump will be turned off and lines bled before installation begins. Testing of the RCFU includes
collecting water samples from the influent and effluent sample ports upstream and down stream
of the RCFU.
This work will be completed in Level Dor Modified Level D PPE.
Task 3 -Construction/Installation of Water Main and Residential Connections
Installation of the water mam and residential services will include removmg the asphalt or
ground cover, excavating a trench, preparing the bedding, installing the pipes and appurtenances,
installing concrete thrust and anchoring blocks, testing and disinfecting the new lines, backfilling
and compacting the· trench, placing the final subsurface material, and performing rough grading
of all disturbed areas.
This work will be completed in Level Dor Modified Level D PPE.
Task 4 -Site Restoration and Demobilization
Site restoration will include the final grading and grassing of unpaved areas, replacing gravel
over the disturbed area on unpaved roads and paving disturbed areas with asphalt on paved
roads. Seeding and mulching will consist of an approved mixture for this geographic area.
Demobilization will include remov111g any site personnel, subcontractors, waste, unused
materials, and heavy equipment.
NORJK:\WP\12720\hasp002(rev0901) doc 3-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
This work will be completed in Level Dor Modified Level D PPE.
3.2 REMEDIAL O8.JECTIVES
The objective to the selected remedial alternative for the North Belmont PCE site is to provide an
alternate source of drinking water to residents on private wells that arc located in the vicinity of
the groundwater contaminant plume.
3.3 OVERVIE\V OF REMEDIAL APPROACH
The selected remedial approach incorporates the following elements:
• The installation of7,500 feet of water main to provide city water to 60 residents;
• Connection of individual residents desiring city water to the new or existing water mains;
and
• Installation and maintenance of 2 individual RCFUs to selected residents.
The remediation and installation activities will be planned and conducted to mm11111ze the
potential for adverse impacts to others on or near the site throughout the period of remediation
activities. Operational considerations include:
• Minimizing visible dust.
• Minimizing interruption of other ongoing activities (traffic).
• Controlling truck traffic to prevent congestion on public roads.
• Preserving slope stability during operations.
• Restoration of all disturbed areas.
I Each of the above clements of the remedial approach 1s discussed m greater detail m the
following sections.
0
D
D
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901 ) .doc 3-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
. I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 4
PPE SELECTION
All personnel pcrfom1ing operations on site shall be required to use the appropriate level of
protection. The provisions for the use of Level Dor Modified Level Das required for the hazards
associated with a given task or operation are as follows:
4.1 LEVEL D PPE
Level D PPE will be worn during Task I-(Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion Control) and
Task 4-(Site Restoration and Demobilization). Level D PPE will consist of:
• Work clothes, e.g., coveralls (cotton);
• Work gloves -leather or cotton (as necessary for physical hazards);
• Boots, ANSI approved;
• Safety glasses (for all work performed around construction and set-up activities, in the
vicinity of excavations, and around any machinery);
• Hard hat (for all work performed around construction and set-up activities, in the vicinity
of excavations, and around any rnachi"nery );
4.2 MODIFIED LEVEL D PPE
Modified Level D PPE will be worn during Task 2 -{Installation and Testing of RCFUs) and
Task 3-(Construction/Installation of Water Main and Residential Connections), dependent on
wet conditions .
In addition to the Level D PPE, modified Level D PPE consists of:
• Water-rcsistcnt coveralls;
• Water-resistant overboots or boot covers;
• Gloves -cloth or latex/nitrile;
• Eye protection -safety glasses or goggles.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002( rev0901 ). doc 4-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
5.1 OVERVIEW
SECTION 5
ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS
The activity hazard analysis 1s an ongomg process from initiation of the SHSP preparation
through the implementation and completion of the project. Therefore, the activity hazard
analyses included in this section are developed for each task associated with the project.
WESTON Field Operating Procedures (FLDs) are contained in The WESTON Safety Officer
Field Manual. Applicahlc FLDs arc located in Appendix A.
Inspection requirements arc identified in FLDs referenced in the Activity Hazard Analysis tables
(Tables 5-1 and 5-2) in this section. In addition to the physical hazards outlined in the Activity
Hazard Analysis table, special physical ha,..ards that have the potential to affect worker and
public safety arc addressed below.
5.1.1 Hot Work
No tasks that produce heat, sparks, or energy sufficient to serve as an ignition source may begin
in any location that could potentially have ignitable atmospheres, until a Hot Work Protection
Procedure has been instituted and a Hot Work Penni! has been issued. Examples of hot work
include welding, cutting, burning, soldering, grinding, use of power tools, and internal
combustion engines. Hot Work procedures will follow FLD08-Hot Work and FLD36-
Wclding/Cutting/Burning of the WESTON Safety Officer Field Manual.
5.1.2 Heavy Equipment Operation
Before any machinery or mechanized equipment is placed in use, it will be inspected and tested
hy a competent person and certified to be in safe operating condition. Trans-State/WESTON will
be responsible for the inspection of all machinery and equipment daily and during use to make
sure it is in safe operating condition. Tests will be made at the beginning of each shift during
which the equipment is to be used to determine that the brakes and operating systems are in
NOR/K:IWP\12720\.hasp002(rev{)901).doc 5-}
-- -- ------· -
Table 5-1
Activity Hazard Analysis
-- - ---
Activities 1/4-Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion Control/Site Restoration/Demobilization
Task Hazards Hazard Control
Mobilization, demobilization, site Chemical Hazards-Construction site,
preparation, surveys, identification of risk of hazard from chemicals very low.
underground utilities, erosion control, and Physical Hazards~Slip, trips, falls, The work area shall be visually inspected. Slip, trip, and fall hazards shall be either site clearing. tools, terrain or vegetation; uneven removed or marked and barricaded. Sufficient illumination shall be maintained. Site
walking surfaces. Weather hazards, personnel shall conduct ,valkover in groups of two as a minimum Site personnel shall
such as snow and ice, lightning; and refer to and follow WESTON FLOs 02-lnclement weather and W-lllumination. Also.
poor visibility. see FLO 11 and 12.
Housekeeping tfaterials will be stored to prevent intrusion into the work areas. Work areas will be
kept organized and ice, snow and mud will be cleared from steps to reduce slip
hazards. See FLO 12
Strains and sprains from manually Use proper lifting techniques such as keeping straight back, lifting with legs; avoid
lifting and moving. twisting back; use mechanical equipment or get hclp from others. See FLO I 0.
Fire Flammable liquids will be stored in safety containers and flammable storage cabinets.
Propane cylinders will be stored outside in secured areas. Fuel storage tanks will be
placed in impermeable dikes. Properly rated fire-extinguishers will be placed within
50 ft of the fuel storage area, in construction equipment, and strategically in the
construction area.
Hands or fingers caught between Personnel shall be made aware of the hazard and asked to coordinate carefully the
objects; abrasions and lacerations. handling and placement of heavy objects. Materials and objects being handled will be
inspected for rough or sharp edges, and appropriate precautions shall be taken to
avoid contact. Personnel shall \vear work gloves and a\Oid placing hands between
objects.
NORJK:\WP\ 12720\HASP002{re...0901 )-tb1s.doc 5-2
==
I
l!!!!!!5 !!!!!! ---
Table 5-1 (Continued)
Activity Hazard Analysis
- -- - ---
Activities 1/4-Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion Control/Site Restoration/Demobilization
Task I Hazards I Hazard Control
Mobilization, demobilization, site Electric Hazards Generators will be grounded unless self.grounded. GFCls will be used as necessary.
preparation, surveys, identification of Extension cords will be properly rated for intended use. Prior.to any intrusive activity,
underground utilities, erosion control, and authorities will be contacted for permits. Elevated parts of machinery, ladders, and
site clearing ( continued). antennas will be kept at least IO' from overhe.ad electric lines. Qualified electricians
will make electrical installations. A lockout/tagmt program consistent with FLD42 will
be used for equipment maintenance.
Moving mechanical parts from heavy Personnel shall be made aware of the hazard and will coordinate carefully during
equipment operations. handling equipment operations. Guards will re kept in place during operation. iv1aintain
safe distance from moving mechanical parts. Always use appropriate PPE. See FLO 22.
Hand tools, manual and power. Tools shall be inspected prior to use. Damaged tools ,1,.·ill be tagged out of service until a
qualified person can perform repair. Use tools properly and for their intended purpose.
A ground fault circuit intenupter (GFCI) will protect all powe(circuits used for hand
tools. See FLD 38.
Dust Control Dust will be visually monitored. If visible dust is observed, disturbed areas will be
sprayed with water to control the amount of dust in the air.
Grubbing and vegetation removal. Qualified persons will operate chain saws and chippers. Chain saw operators will wear
Chain saws and chippers. chaps. Chippers will be inspected before use, operators will be refreshed in operation by
the vendor, all guards will be in place per EM 385-1-1. Persons cutting trees will be
appropriately trained and experienced. Trees to be cut will be checked by experienced
persons prior to cutting to identify increased hazard situations. Experienced persons, if
required, will do tree climbing. Climbing gear will be inspected and will conform to
EM 385-1-131.B. l. Retreat routes from trees to be cut will be planned before cutting
begins, and no one will be permitted within 2 tree lengths of trees being cut. See FLD
47.
Traffic Work areas will be clearly barricaded and appropriate signs displayed . .Traffic will be
rerouted as necessary. Persons working near roadways or directing traffc will wear
high visibility vests. See FLD 20.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\HASP002(rev0901 )•!bis.doc 5-3
I
--------
Table 5-1 (Continued)
Activity Hazard Analysis
---
Activities 1/4-Mobilization/Site Preparation/Erosion Control/Site Restoration/Demobilization
Task Hazards Hazard Control
IvJobilization, demobilization, site Inclement weather, Heat/Cold stress Workers shall be briefed and cognizant of heat and cold stress symptoms. Fluids will
preparation, surveys, identification of be available to workers. See FLD 05 and 06. Work rest periods will be established
underground utilities, erosion control, and according to ACGIH and NIOSH guidelines.
site clearing ( continued). Striking and being struck by operating Workers shall stay out of the swing area of all equipment and fom under loads. No
equipment, loads, falling objects, and personnel shall ride on the equipment unless seats are provided. See FLD 20, 22A, 23,
pinch points. and 24. \Vorkers exposed to traffic hazards will wear traffic/reflector vests. Vehicles
will be checked during maintenance and cribbed if wheels need tobe changed.
Biological-Poisonous plants, insects, Review recognition of poisonous plants, insects, or snakes typical of this area. Use
snakes. appropriate measures as required. Adhere to WESTON Bloodbome Pathogens
Exposure Control Plan-First Aid Procedures FLD43.
Radiation-Potential sun bum/sun Use sunblock as appropriate. Avoid direct exposure to sun for long periods of time.
poisoning hazard on bright, sunny days. There is no known source of radioactive material at this site. If Nuclear Density
Based on-site history, no sources of Gauges are used, they will be properly licensed and will be operated by qualified
ionizing radiation exists on-site. technicians.
NORIK:\WPI 1 2720\HASP002{ rev0901 )-\bis.doc 5-4
Siii
-------
Table 5-2
Activity Hazard Analysis
l!!!!!!I '·==
Activities 2/3-lnstallation and Testing of Residential Carbon Filtration Units (RCFUs) and Installation of the \Yater Main
Task Hazards Hazard Control
Trenching, installation ofRCFUs and Chemical Hazards-Construction site, Low concentrations of contaminants may be present in samples collected from the
water main piping, backfill, potable water risk of hazard from chemicals \ery low. influent port of the RCFUs. Nitrite gloves will be worn during sampling events.
sampling.
Physical Hazards-Slip, trips, falls, The work area shall be visually inspected. Slip, trip, and fall hazards shall be either
tools, terrain or vegetation; uneven removed or marked and barricaded. Sufficient illumination shall be maintained. Site
walking surfaces. Weather hazards, persotU1el shall conduct walkover in groups oftv.'o as a minimum. Site personnel shall
such as snow and ice, lightning; and refer to and follow WESTON FLDs 02-Inclement weather and 3'>-Illumination. Also.
poor visibility. seeFLD II and 12.
Housekeeping Materials will be stored to prevent intrusion into the work areas. Work areas will be
kept organized and ice, snow and mud will be cleared from steps to reduce slip
hazards. See FLD 12.
Strains and sprains from manually Use proper lifting techniques such as keeping straight back, lifting with legs avoid
lifting and moving. twisting back; use mechanical equipment or get help from others. See FLO I 0.
Trenching Utilities will be field located prior to commencing. See FLD 34. Personnel shall
remain away from the edges of the excavation and equipment. Due to the depb of the
excavation, sloping and benching or shoring practices will be employed in accordance
with OSHA regulations. Excavation equipment and stockpiles will not be placed
closer than 2 feet from any excavation edge. Compliance with 29 CFR Subpart D and
EM 385-1-1 Section 25 will be maintained. For open-top spaces more than 4 feet in
depth will be treated as confined spaces and in compliance with 29 CFR 1926.21 and
29 CFR 1910.146. See FLDs 28 and 08.
Utilities Utilities will be identified prior to work commencing. See FLD 34.
Hands or fingers caught between Personnel shall be made aware of the hazard and asked to coordinate carefully the
objects; abrasions and lacerations. handling and placement of heavy objects. Materials and objects being handltd will be
inspected for rough or sharp edges, and appropriate precautions shall be taken to
avoid contact. Personnel shall \Vear work gloves and avoid placing hands between
objects.
NORIK:\WP\ 12720\HASP002(rev0901 )·Ibis.doc 5-5
-
- -----
Table 5-2 (Continued)
Activity Hazard Analysis
-.. I!!!!!!!
Activities 2/3-Installation of Residential Carbon Filtration Units (RCFUs) and the \Vater Main
Task Hazards Hazard Control
Trenching. installation ofRCFUs and Electrical hazards Generators will be grounded unless self.grounded. GFCis will be used as necessary.
water main piping, backfill, potable water Extension cords will be properly rated for intended use. Prior to any intrusive activity,
sampling ( continued). authorities will be contacted for permits. Elevated parts of machinery, ladders, and
antennas will be kept at least IO' from overhead electric lines. Qualified electricians
will make electrical Installations. A lockout/tagout program consistent with FLD42
will be used for equipment maintenance.
Moving mechanical parts from heavy Personnel shall be made aware of the hazard and will coordinate carefully during
equipment operations handling equipment operations. Guards will be kept in place during operation.
Maintain safe distance from moving mechanical parts. Always use appropriate PPE.
See FLD 22.
Inclement weather, heat/cold stress Workers shall be briefed and cognizant of heat and cold stress symptoms. Fluids will
be available to workers. See FLD 05 and 06. Work rest periods will be established
according to ACGIH and NIOSH guidelines.
Striking and being struck by operating \Vorkers shall stay out of the swing area of all equipment and from under loads. No
equipment, loads, falling objects, and personnel shall ride on the equipment unless seats are provided. See FLD 20, 22A, 23,
pinch points. and 24. Workers exposed to traffic hazards will wear traffic/reflector vests. Vehicles
will be checked during maintenance and cribbed if wheels need to be changed.
Biological-Poisonous plants, insects, Review recognition of poisonous plants, insects1 or snakes typical ofthis area. Use
snakes. appropriate measures as required. Adhere to WESTON Bloodborne Pathogens
Exposure Control Plan-First Aid Procedures FLD43.
Radiation-Potential sun bum/sun Use sunblock as appropriate. Avoid direct exposure to sun for long periods of time.
poisoning hazard on bright, sunny days.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\HASP002(rev0901 )-lbls,doc 5-6
-
I
D
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
proper working condition. Any machinery or equipment found to be unsafe will be dead-lined
and its use prohibited until unsafe conditions have been corrected. Only designated personnel
holding required licenses will operate machinery and mechanized equipment. Equipment
deficiencies that arc with any component of equipment that will affect its safe operation will be
corrected before continuing operation. Refer to Heavy Equipment Operation -FLD 22, of the
WESTON Safety Officer Field Manual for proper heavy equipment operation.
5.1.3 Trenches
Trenches will be barricaded or marked (barricade tape and/or traffic cones or equivalent) during
active excavation activities. In the event trenches must remain open prior to backfill, those
trenches will be fenced or barricaded. Compliance with OSHA, 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P will be
maintained. Open-top excavations more than 4 feet in depth will be treated as confined spaces
and work will be completed in compliance with OSHA, 29 CFR 1926.21 and 29 CFR 1910.146.
Trenching procedures will follow FLD28-Excavating/Trenching and FLD0S-Confined Space
Entry of the WESTON Safety Officer Field Manual.
5.1.4 Utilities
Underground utilities have been marked by the local utility locating service and the City of
Belmont. When close to utilities the required excavation will be perfonned with hand tools to
prevent serious damage and accidents. Excavation and pipe installation will be perfonned in
accordance with FLD 34-Utilities.
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002( rev0901 ). doc 5-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 6
EMERGENCY RESPONSE CONTINGENCY PLAN
6.1 INTRODUCTION
This Emergency Response and Contingency Plan (ERCP) has been prepared by Roy F. Weston,
Inc. (WESTON®) to describe actions that will he taken by Trans-State and WESTON site
personnel in the event of an emergency. Much of this document is based upon generic guidelines
to be followed in the event of an emergency.
The purpose of this plan is to:
• Act as a guide in the event of an emergency situation.
• Minimize hazards to human health and the environment from anticipated emergency
events.
• Familiarize response personnel with equipment and procedures.
This plan is determined to comply with the requirements of OSHA, specifically 29 CFR 1910.38
and 29 CFR 1910.120.
6.1.1 Pre-Emergency Planning
In order to handle emergencies properly and effectively, planning and training is e~cntial. Pre-
emergency planning procedures must be in place to immediately respond to emergency
situations. Site personnel must be knowledgeable of their roles and responsibilities and act within
their abilities and training. WESTON will prohibit its employees from responding to emergency
situations that would require them to be exposed to hazards beyond their degree of training. As
necessary and prior to site activities, the SI-ISO or project staff will communicate with outside
response agencies (e.g., fire, police, ambulance, and medical) to coordinate response efforts.
Contacts with each response agency will be infonned of any changing site conditions that may
affect emergency response. A complete list of emergency contacts can be found in Section 7 of
this document.
NO R/K:IWP\ 127 201hasp002( re-.-0901 ) .doc 6-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.1.2 Roles and Responsibilities
The SHSO will he the pmnary emergency response coordinator. The 'SHSO or designated
alternate will contact the appropriate personnel or authorities as dctcnnincd by the type and
nature of incident.
6.1.3 Incident Command Svstem (ICS)
In the event that off-site emergency responders are called to the site for an emergency. Project
personnel (i.e., the Safety Officer as primary Emergency Response Coordinator (ERC), Site
Manager as alternate ERC, or a named dcsignee) will interact with them and will become part of
the ICS being used at the time of the incident.
6.1.4 ERC Role
I ERC responsibilities during emergency situations arc as follows:
I
I
• Evaluate emergency situation and special needs.
• Direct all emergency efforts, including evacuation of personnel.
• Notify and interact with emergency response agencies.
• Oversee medical and decontamination procedures.
I ERC responsibilities after the emergency phase is complete includes:
I
I
I
• Supervise cleanup efforts; ensure proper recovery, disposal and accounting of any
hazardous material/waste.
• Ensure all emergency equipment and supplies arc cleaned and/or made available for
future use.
• Document incident, advise management, and initiate debriefing.
I ERC will delegate, as necessary, specific roles and duties outlined above.
I
II
I
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002(rev090 t ).doc 6-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.1.5 Alternate ERC's Role
• The Site Manager is the primary backup to the ERC.
• Additional personnel may he trained as alternate ERCs based upon site complexity and/or
SIZC.
6.1.6 Site Manager Role
• Alternate ERC.
6.1.7 Program or Operations Safctv Manager Role
• Provide technical assistance and lead post-event investigations.
6.1.8 RSO Role
• Receive reports from the ERC.
• Provide information to appropriate management and track reports.
• Workers compensation liaison.
• Focal point for medical return to work.
• Incident investigation as n~cessary.
6.1.9 Project Manager Role
• Assure funding as necessary for emergency operations.
• Report and interact with regulatory agencies and client as necessary.
6.1.10 Emergency Recognition, Prevention
All Trans-State and WESTON personnel will be instructed on a daily basis to be constantly alert
for potentially hazardous situations or conditions. Immediate recognition with necessary
corrective actions of potential hazardous conditions can avert an emergency. Emergency
response discussions will be incorporated into regular safety meetings and will include such
topics as:
NORJK:\WPI 12720\hasp002( rev0901 ).doc 6-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Tasks to be perfonned;
• Hazards that may be encountered, along with their effects and how to rccogmze
symptoms.
• Emergency procedures.
6. 1.11 Communication
Daily health and safety briefings will be used to remind personnel of their roles, responsibilities,
and emergency procedures. A record of the safety briefings will be completed and maintained
on-site. A notification chain (including notification to COM) and maps illustrating the location of
fire extinguishers and first aid kits will be posted in conspicuous areas.
Emergency communications will be voice and audible horn. Telephone capability will be a
requirement for the site. Emergency telephone numbers will be kept in the staging area.
Personnel will be instructed to immediately contact the SHSO or Site Manager if an emergency
situation arises.
A backup emergency notification system will also be used during all site activities (e.g., audible
horns located at each work location). In the case of an emergency the signal for personnel to
evacuate the area will be a long blast of the air horn. The assembly/gathering point for individual
work locations will be provided during the daily safety briefing. After a head count has been
taken further evacuation may be required based on wind direction and weather conditions. Five
short blasts of the audible horn will signal all clear, workers may than return to designated work
areas.
Each type of communication will be tested to insure that site personnel can identify the signals
above background noise, as well as to check for system efficacy and accuracy.
In the event of an emergency requiring outside assistance the ERC or designated alternate will I contact outside help using the nearest telephone or other pre-established means.
I
I NOR/K:\WP\ 127201toosp002( rev{)901 ).doc 6-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.1.12 Support Areas, Evacuation Procedures and Personnel Accounting
The primary support area for all work at the site will be dctennincd before commencement of
work at the site.
Evacuation routes and assembly areas will be detennined. Means of accounting for site personnel
and visitors will be a log. In the event of an evacuation this log will be brought to the assembly
area in order to verify safe evacuation by all.
Alternate routes and assembly areas will be determined and utilized based upon wind speed and
direction as well as emergency requirements.
6.2 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
6.2.1 General
During an emergency, the following actions will be taken, with some actions conducted
concurrently. No one will attempt an emergency response/rescue until the situation has been
assessed and the appropriate response outlined.
It will be detennined prior to work initiation, whether any tasks on site arc critical operations
requiring one or more persons to shut down sensitive equipment in a time-critical manner. !fit is
detennincd that critical operations are evident, speci fie procedures will be outlined in
the morning briefings.
General guidelines for rescue/response may include the following:
• Assessment: Assess the type and extent of the emergency, then detenninc and verify
existing and potential hazards to site personnel and the oft~site population. Determine,
based on the type and extent of the emergency, the following:
Whether and how to respond.
The extent of any injuries and/or damage.
NORIK:IWPI 12720\hasp002{m..0901 ) .doc 6-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The need for evacuation of site personnel and off-site population.
The resources needed for evacuation and response.
• Evacuate:
Move site personnel to a safe distance upwind of the incident.
Monitor the incident for significant changes. The hazards may diminish,
permitting personnel to re-enter the site, or hazards may increase and require
public evacuation.
Note: Should site personnel or visitors be handicapped to the point of needing assistance
during an evacuation, the ERC will ensure that appropriate numbers of site workers
arc trained to provide any needed assistance.
Note: Work sites with potential hazards which could involve adverse community risk,
and require evacuation of the local community must be discussed and coordinated
with the client and local fire and police agencies before field work begins.
• Enforcing the buddy system: Allow no one (including rescuers) to enter a contaminated
area or hazardous area without a partner or without appropriate communications means
and proper PPE. At the time of the incident, one person will be designated to record the
names, time of entry, and time of exit for all personnel entering the EZ. At all times,
personnel in the EZ should be in line-of~sight or communications contact with the ERC
or his designee.
• Survey casualties:
Locate all victims and assess their condition.
Determine resources needed for stabilization and transport.
• Request aid: Contact the required off-site personnel or agency (such as the ambulance,
fire department, police, etc). Ensure that previous communications and understanding or
response actions to be conducted by the off-site resources have been accomplished. In
certain cases (e.g., confined space rescue) the off-site responder(s) must be brought to the
site before work is initiated so that an evaluation of and training on the confined spaces is
accomplished.
• Allocate resources: Allocate appropriately qualified on-site personnel and equipment to
the rescue and initiate incident response operations.
• Remove or assist victims from the area, using appropriate equipment and procedures.
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720'tiasp002( rev0901 ) .doc 6-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Control measures, including containment: Assist in bringing the hazardous situation
under complete or temporary controls and use measures to prevent any escalation of the
emergency.
• Stabilize: Administer any medical procedures that arc necessary before the victim can be
moved. Stabilize or permanently remediatc the hazardous condition. Address the cause of
the emergency and anything that was damaged or endangered by the emergency ( e.g.,
dmms, and tanks).
• Transport: No one will be transported without being decontaminated or protected from
contaminating others. Measures will be taken to minimize chemical contamination of the
transport vehicle, ambulance, and hospital personnel.
• Casualty Logging: Record the names(s) of the victim(s), the time, the destination, and
their condition upon transport.
• Casualty tracking: Record the disposition, condition, and location of the casualties.
6.2.2 Security Issues
Both routine and emergency response actions dictate the need for prevention of unauthorized
access and for the protection of vital records and equipment. Site size, location, political or social
environment, and equipment needs are criteria necessary to evaluate whether security is needed.
In the event of unauthorized access, personnel should avoid confrontation (verbal or physical).
Attempts must be made to explain site hazards, and corporate and client expectations for a safe
worksite. Continued presence by unauthorized persons will require a team member to notify the
local police force. Site activities may need to be halted in the event unauthorized persons create
an adverse risk to themselves or Trans-State/WESTON personnel.
6.2.3 Severe Weather/Natural Disasters
In the event of adverse weather conditions occumng on-site such as lightning, high winds,
tornado, hurricane or extreme heat the SHSO will instruct the workers to discontinue or modify
field operations. These natural phenomena complicate work activities and acid or increase risk to
all site personnel. The following actions should be evaluated or taken in the event of severe
weather:
NOR/K:\WP\ 127 20~asp002( rc>,{)901 ).doc 6-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Stop work
• Secure all loose materials, toolboxes, plywood, trash cans. etc.
• Bring all workers to safe areas indoors when lightning or severe weather 1s Ill the
immediate area.
• Verify that all buildings and trailer doors are locked and windows closed.
• Shut down and disconnect all non-critical electrical equipment to protect the equipment
from electrical surges and abrnpt power loss.
6.2.4 lnjurv or Illness
In the event of injury or illness, site personnel will take the following action:
• Evaluate the scene for safe entry.
• Notify SHSO and Site Manager.
• Assess the type and extent of injury.
• Provide initial First Aid to injured person.
• If required and injury or illness not potentially lifo-thrcatcning, transport to local medical
facility.
• If injury or illness potentially life-threatening notify emergency medical services of need
for transportation.
• Notify RSO and Project Manager.
6.2.5 Extrication
In the event a person becomes trapped and requires extrication site personnel will take the
following action:
• Notify SI-ISO and Site Manager.
• Evaluate the scene for safe entry.
• Contact the local Fire Department or Rescue Service.
• Provide first aid as necessary.
• Notify RSO and Project Manager.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901) .doc 6-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
6.2.6 Small Fire
A small fire is defined as a tire that can be extinguished with a 4BC type tire extinguisher or
incipient stage tires, which can safely be extinguished with material readily at hand. In the event
of a small fire, site personnel will take the following actions:
• Evacuate all unnecessary personal from the area, if possible, to an upwind location.
• Notify SI-ISO and Site Manager.
• Attempt to extinguish fire using portable tire extinguishers or by smothering from an
upwind location.
• Request emergency response assistance as appropriate.
• Notify the RSO and Project Manager.
6.2. 7 Large Fire
In the event of a large fire, or a small tire, which cannot be extinguished, the following actions
will be taken:
• Sound alarm.
• Evacuate all unnecessary personnel from the area, if possible, to an upwind location.
• Notify local fire department; request other emergency response services (police,
ambulance, and hospital) as needed.
Notify Site Manager and RSO and other appropriate personnel or agencies.
6.2.8 Explosion
In the event of an explosion, all nonessential personnel will evacuate the site. Required support
equipment, services, and personnel will be requested. Response will follow steps identified under
the Chemical Exposure section. Notification action as indicated in the Large Fires section will be
followed.
NOR/K:\WP\ 127 20\hasp002(rev0901 ).doc 6-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1•
6.2.9 Small Spill
In the event of a small spill (e.g., motor fuel, oil), appropriate actions will be taken to prevent the
spill from reaching groundwater, surfocc water or drains.
Actions include:
• Verification of spilled material, volume and hazards.
• Dctenninc appropriate response procedures including PPE (see MSDSs in Appendix B).
• Assess quantity and size of the spill to determine the level of response to contain and
clean it up.
• Confine or contain spill with booms, pads, or berm.
• Neutralize spill with appropriate agents (if safe/possible).
• Notify RSO and Site Manager.
• Trans-State will collect spilled material including absorbent material and place 111
appropriate containers.
WESTON will keep all records related to the spill for a period of at least three years after the
spill has been cleaned up or such longer period of time as required in any unresolved
enforcement action.
Note: MSDS for materials on site with potential to spill (e.g., gasoline, diesel) will be maintained
on site as an attachment to the SHSP. Procedures and requirements for spill response will follow
criteria outlined in the MSDS.
6.2. IO Large Spill
A volume equal to or greater than State or Federal reportable quantity and/or those beyond the
capabilities and resources of on-site personnel defines large spills. Appropriate remedial actions
will be conducted according to State and Federal Regulations.
NOR/K:\WP\ 127 20\hosp002(rev0901 ).doc 6-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
General procedures are as follows:
• Verification of spilled material, volume and hazards.
• As safe to do so, confine the spill to the smallest area possible using booms, pads, berms
or any other effective material.
• Assess type and extent of damages and injuries to personnel; take appropriate first aid
steps if necessary.
• Notify RSO and Site Manager.
• In the event the additional emergency clean-up assistance ,s needed, WESTON will
request assistance from off-site response contractors.
• WESTON will collect all waste including contaminated booms and absorbent material.
All clean-up residues shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations.
• All emergency equipment will be decontaminated prior to being put back into service.
Expendable or damaged supplies will be immediately replaced.
I WESTON will keep all records related to the spill of hazardous waste for a period of at least
three years after the spill has been cleaned up or such longer period of time as required in any I unresolved enforcement action.
I In the event of a spill or a release requiring agency reporting, the Project Manager will notify the
client and appropriate regulatory agencies.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.3 CRITIOUl~S AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
Post emergency response activities include documentation, investigation and appropriate
corrective actions to avoid future problems. The Divisional Safety Officer (DSO), operations
safety statl: the RSO -or the SHSO will lead the post-incident critique to assure worker
knowledge of actions taken and proposals for changes as necessary. The SHSO and the RSO are
responsible for documenting incident reports and providing communication to management. The
DSO and/or operations safety staff is responsible for providing direction and assistance.
Corrective actions necessary based upon appropriate review and investigation of the incident are
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rcv0901 ) .doc 6-11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
required prior to assumption of work. In the event corrective actions cannot he made on an
immediate basis, documented plans and schedules will be fonnulated.
RSO and/or operations safety staff is responsible for providing direction and assistance.
Corrective actions necessary based upon appropriate review and investigation of the incident arc
required prior to assumption of work. In the event corrective actions cannot be made on an
immediate basis, documented plans and schedules will be formulated.
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901 ).doc 6-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 7
ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN AND REPORTING AND CONTINGENCIES
7.1 ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ACCID~:NT PREVENTION
Throughout the duration of this project, Trans-State will ensure that proper administrative and
engineering control methods are applied daily to regulate all physical and chemical hazards
present at the site. This will ensure that all health and safety concerns arc identified and
established, and this knowledge presented to all workers. The control measures include the
following:
• All workers will be responsible for a foll comprehension of the sitc-spcci fie SHSP before
commencing work activities.
• Before each workday, a daily meeting will be held between the SI-ISO and field crew to
review site activities and associated health and safety concerns for each task.
7.2 LOCAL REQUIREMENTS: NOISE CONTROL, TRAFFIC CONTROL.
MARKING OF HAZARDS
Site control measures will be established to minimize noise production and traffic impedance.
Site control measures will be established to clearly mark and identify hazards associated with the
site. The site control measures arc outlined in the subsections that follow.
7.2.1 Noise Control
Noise control measures will include the following:
• All site activities will take place during normal, daytime working hours.
• Protection against the effects of noise exposure will be provided for all site personnel
when necessary. Action levels will be established by referring to the regulatory
requirements established by OSHA.
• Whenever noise levels arc excessive, feasible engineering or administrative controls will
be utilized. According to OSHA regulations, 85 decibels (dB) is the action level for 8-
hour exposures.
NORIK:\WP\ 127 20\hasp002( rev0901 }.doc 7-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
• When engineering controls arc insufficient to regulate exposure to n01se, hearing
protection will he supplied to all site workers.
7.2.2 Traffic Control
All work and site traffic will be regulated by the site control zones established by the SHSO prior
to site work.
7.3 SUBCONTRACTOR COORDINATION
I All subcontractors involved with work on a Trans-State/WESTON site will follow directions
from the Trans-State/WESTON Site Manager and the coordination of subcontracted activities I will be managed by the Site Manager through constant communication with the subcontractors.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The efficient use of subcontractor resources will depend on advanced planning and coordination
among the Site Manager, the field crew, and the subcontracted party.
7.4 HOUSEKEEPING AND MAINTENANCE OF SAFE ACCESS/EGRESS
All work areas will be free of materials, supplies, and other obstmctions. Tools, materials,
extension cords, hoses, or debris will be kept out of the way so as not to cause a tripping or other
hazard. Storage and constmction areas will be kept free of accumulation of materials.
7.5 FIRE PROTECTION AND EMERGENCIES
It will be a requirement of Trans-State/WESTON to maintain a site free of fire hazards and to
ensure that all site workers arc trained in fire prevention. This includes the following:
• All flammable and combustible liquids will be stored in proper containers and in a place
considered safe for storage of flammable and combustible liquids.
• All hot work performed on a Trans-State/WESTON work site will follow approved
WESTON SOPs.
• Smoking will he prohibited on all Trans-State/WESTON work sites.
• The storage arca(s) will be designed to include proper segregation of all site materials
that arc incompatible.
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\ha~p002( rev0901) .doc 7-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
• All Trans-State/WESTON sites will have portable fire extinguishers, which will be
inspected and maintained in accordance with Section 9 and Figure 9-2 of the National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) I 0, Portable Fire Extinguishers.
7.6 INSPECTIONS, REPORTING, CORRECTIVE ACTIONS, AND
RECORDKEEPING
WESTON fom1s will be used to record, inspect, and audit all site work with the use of
administrative techniques. Trans-State/WESTON will perfonn and provide documentation for
the following:
• Daily Health and Safety Reports (EHS Analysis Checklist)
• Health and Safety Field Audit
• Notification of Incident or Near Incident
I 7.7 CONTINGENCIES
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
See Table 7-1 for Contingencies and Figures 7-1 and 7-2 for maps to the nearest hospitals.
NOR/K:IWP\ 12720\hasp002{ rev0901 ) . doc 7-3
- - - --- - --l!!!!!!!!I I!!!!! !!!!!I ;;a lliiia -EHS ANALYSIS CHECKLIST-WESTON FIELD OPERA TIO NS
This form is to be completed prior to t:isk implementation (and modified during implementation if significant changes occur) to \'Cdfy that hazards have been identified and that appropriate protection
is determined and utilized. This fo1·m is additionally to be used as a daily and as necessary training IOol. This form (or a copy of same) is to be posted for worker~ to oUserve and then iiled upon
completion of task.
Site Manager/EHS Officer: Task Description: Task Team (name or reference via daily sign-in sheet)
Date:
Location:
HAZARDS IDE7''TIFIED (check those applicable)
Chemical Biological Physical Aerial lifts Remote Areas
FI amm ab I e/ com busti bl e Insects Noise Man. Material Handling tvtaterials handling
Corrosive Animals Heat Demolition High Pressure Washers
Oxidizer Plants Cold Excavation Hand and Power Tools
Reactive Mold/Fungus Inclement Weather Pile Driving Low Illumination
Toxic Viral/Bacterial Hot_Work Weld ing/Cutting/8 urn Dri!ling & Boring
Inhalation Confined Spaces Hot Surfaces Striking against/Struck-by
Eyes/Skin Radiological Stored hazardous Energy Hot Materials Caught-in/Caught
between
Pesticides Ultra-Violet Elevation Rough Terrain Pushing/pulling
Carcinogen Sunlight Utilities Compressed Gases Falls at same level
Asbestos Infrared Machinery Hazardous Mat Storage Falls from elevation
Lead Lasers Mobile equipment Diving Repetitive motion
UXO/OE/CWM XRF Cranes Operation and Use of High (> 11 0v) Electricity
Boats
Process Safety Density Gauges Manual Material Working Over Water Slippery surface Ice/Snow
Handling
Applying Paint/Coatings lso1opes Ladders Traffic
Scaffolding Site Security
REQUIRED PROTECTION (check I hose applicable) Air Purifying Respirator Level A Diving/SCUBA
Engineering Controls Trained/Certified Hard Hat CWM Diving/Surface Supplied
Guard Rails Hot Work Permit Ear Plugs Safety Shoes/Boals
l\fachine Guards CSE Permit Ear Muffs Rubber Boots Contingency
Sound Barriers Lockout/Tag Out Safety Glasses Gloves Emergency Signal Known
Enclosure Work Permit Goggles Gloves Eye wash/shower
Location
Elevation Dig Safe Permit Chemical Goggles Gloves First Aid Kit Location
Isolation Contingency Plan Face Shield Cooling Suits Fire Extinguisher
Location
GFCI Critical Lift Plans Thermal Shield Ice Vests Spill Kit Location
Assured Ground Program Equip. Inspection Sheets Welding Mask Radiant heat Suits Severe weather shelter
Apply Ami-slip/skid Mat Cutting Glasses Fa!I Arrest Evacuation Routes
PPE Cotton Coverall PFD
Administrntive Control Air Supplying Respirator Tyvek Coveralls Electrical insulation
Qualified for task SCBA Coated Coveralls Welding LeaU1ers
Any Modification to Tasks (list) Other tasks or activities that may affect my ac1ivity Reasons for any changes indicated above
EHSAnalysisl200
-
... --- ----l!!!!!!!I !!I! liiiii8 --EHS ANALYSIS CHECKLIST-WESTON FIELD OPERATIONS
This form is to be completed prior to task. implementation (and modi lied during implementation if significant changes occur) to verify that hazards have been identified and that appropdate protection
is determined and utilized. This form is additionally to be used as a daily and as necessary training tool. This form (or a copy of same) is to be posted for workers to observe and then liled upon
completion of task.
E11viro11111e11tal Compliance Considerations:
Generation of Hazardous Waste* *=Environmental Compliance/\Vaste iVlanagement Plan Required
Generation of Investigation Derived Waste*
Treatment, Storage, or Disposal of Hazardous Waste* ➔ Containers: dated, labeled, closed, full, stored less than 90 days
Contingency to prevent or co~rnin hazardous materials or ➔ Risk of explosion or catastrophic release due to chemical storage or
oil spills or discharges to drains, body of water, soil* processing involving reactivity, flammables, solvents or explosives
Disturbing of Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)' ➔ Training & Licensing for Asbestos Remediation Activities
Application of Pesticides or Herbicides'
Work on Above or Under-ground Storage Tanks*
Transportation, Storage or Disposal of Radioactive
Material* '
➔ Training & Licensing for Use of Radioactive Materials/Sources
Activities producing or generating Air Emissions (or
fugitive "fence-line" emissions) requiring either monitoring
and/or permit*
Excavations, Drilling, Probing or other activities that could
impact underground utilities, pipelines, sewer or treatment
systems.
Shipment of Hazardous Waste off-site' ➔ Waste Identification & Manifesting -Marking, Placarding, Labeling
Shipment of Samples in accordance with DOT/IA TA
EHSAnalysis 1200
-
I
I
I
I
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 3.5 HEALTH AND SAFE"h',FfEl..Q.Al:lDIT · .·
Legend X = Yes, 0 = No
srrn NAME: ________________________ _
LOCATION: ________________________ _
INSPECTOR: _______________________ _
DATE: ___________________________ _
CERTIFICATION OF PERSONNEL:
I. __ All WESTON personnel on site arc ct1rrcntly active on certification list?
2. __ Site Safety Olliccr and Site Supervisor arc qualified?
MEDICAL AND FIRST AID:
I. First Aid Kits accessible and identified?
2. __ Emergency eye/safety washes available?
3. __ Daily First Aid logs up to <late?
4. __ First Aid Kits inspected weekly?
5. __ At least two First /\id trained persons on site at all times when working?
SITE S,WETY/EMERGENCY PLANS:
I. __ Safety plan posted on site and given to each person?
2. __ Initial site safety plan meeting held and documented before work begins?
3. __ Hazardous materials information available for all hazards?
4. __ Designated, qualified site health and safety coordinator on site?
5. __ Employees trained in toxicology/exposure ri~?
6. __ Emergency telephone numbers posted?
7 . __ Emergency routes designated?
8. __ Emergency plan and signal reviewed with all persons?
TRAINING:
!. __ Daily safety meetings documented?
2. __ Question and answer time available to all site i:ersonnel?
3. __ All employees instructed in hazardous materials handling practices?
4. __ New personnel to site receive: copy of safety plan __ • site orientation __ , Review of:
LOP __ , DECON __ , ZONES __ , Site specific safety and health hazarrls? __
Revisc<l 10/1999
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I HEAllTl-f ~~o.:§AFET'l.F.!E.:l:.D AUDIT -Continued· ..
Legend X -Yes, O-No
PERSONAL PROTECTION:
L __ All equipment meets ANSI/OSHNEPA criteria?
2. __ Levels of protection (LOP) established?
3. __ Site control zones (Exclusion, CRZ, Suppo11) clearly designated'! ..
4. __ All employees know their LOP scheme?
5. __ OSllA respirator program in place?
6. __ Employees fit tested for respirators?
On site?
Fit tests current?
7. __ Defective equipment tagged out?
8. __ Breathing air grade "D" certified?
9. __ Sufficient quantities of equipment?
10. __ Safety instmmcntation maintained and calibrated?
Maint. & Cal. logs up to date?
DECONTAMINATION:
L __ Decon system set up on site?
Used?
According to safety plan?
2. __ Contamination reduction corridor clearly delineated within the CRZ?
3. __ Appropriate waste recepticals available for all waste?
4. __ Rcccpticals properly closed at end of day?
5. __ All Dccon liquids properly contained and disposed or?
6. __ All wastes disposed of according to approved plan?
7. __ All personnel received Decon training?
8. __ All reusable personal protective gear deconned and disinfected at 1cast daily?
FIRE PREVENTION/PROTECTION:
L __ Hot work permits required?
2. __ Smoking restricted to designated area?
3. __ Fire lanes established, clearly designated & maintained?
4. __ Flammable/combustible liquid dispensing transfer systems grounded & bonled?
5. __ Proper flammable materials storage?
6. __ Fire alarm established, workers aware?
7. __ Location and use offrre extinguisher known by alJ personnel?
8. __ Fire extinguishers checked before each shift?
Inspected monthly?
9. __ Fire extinguisher appropriate for fire hazard potential?
10. __ Combustible materials segregated from ignition sources?
RcvisOO I0/1999
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
1:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I HEAL TH />.ND SAFETY FIELJ);AUJPIT,-·ConHnu¢d '
WALKING AND WORKING SURFACES:
I. __ Acccssways, stairs, ramps and ladders free of ice, mud, snow or debris?
2. __ Ladders exceed max length?
3. __ Ladders used in pa.'>sageways, doors or driveways?
4. __ Broken or damaged ladders tagged out?
5. __ Metal ladders prohibited in electrical service?
6. __ Safety feet on straight and extension ladders?
7 . __ Stain.vays, 0oor and wall openings guarded?
8. __ Elevntcd work areas guanlrailed or safety chained?
9. __ Flotation devices worn when working on or over water?
IO. __ Toe boards on overhead work surfaces?
II. __ Mobile offices/labs have fixed stairs and handrails?
I 2. __ \Vork areas kept free of debris and equipment?
EXCAVATIONS, CONFINED SPACES, TUNNELS:
I. __ Excavations ~doped, shored or benched to prevent cavo-ins?
2, __ Shoring approved by engineer?
3. __ Guardrails or fences placed around excavations near walkways or roads?
4. __ Excavation locations lightcll/or otherwise made visible at night?
5. __ Utility check perfonnc<l and documented before excavationor drilling?
Legend X = Yes, O= No
6. __ Ladders available in trenches more than 4 feet deep and at a minimum, 25t intervals along a fence?
7. __ All excavated material, personnel, heavy equipment is at least z4n from the edge of all trenches?
8. __ Confined space entry permit procedure in place and communicated to all?
9. __ Employee training includes CSE hazards?
l 0. Tunnels are adequately ventilated?
11. There is proper lighting?
12. Tunnel tested for: % 0i?
__ I.EL, 0ammable gases, vapors?
TOX?
13. Communication available inside to out?
14. No flammables or combustibles in tunnel?
15. __ CSE procedures used for Tunnels?
16. __ CSE procedure checklist:
Safety watch?
Safety watch protected same as enterers?
Safety line?
Appropriate harness?
Continuous monitoring for% Oz, % LEL & TOX?
Revised 10/1999
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I HEALTH AND SAFET'r'>Fli=LD ·AUDIT, ContiriGl'ld
Legend X = Yes, 0 = No
EXCAVATIONS, CONFINED SPACES, TUNNELS (continued):
Level B or constant ventilation and monitoring?
Instrnmcnts calibrated?
Maintain and inspect log for all equipment?
17. __ Confined space isolated from electrical/mechanical activation by following lock out/tag out
proceedings?
__ Confined space isolated from any raw materials/chemical lines by
disconnecting or blanking these lines?
MOTOR VElllCLES/IIEAVY EQUIPMENT:
I. __ Inspected before each use?
2. __ Operaton. licensed for equipment used?
3. __ Unsafo equipment tagged (lJt and reported?
4. __ All safety appliances/guards in place?
5. __ Shut down for fueling?
6. __ Equipped with back-up alarms or spotter used if36()° visibility restricted?
7 .__ Loads arc secure before transport'!
8. __ Roads and structures inspected for load capacity per Vehicle weights?
9. __ Riders prohibited on heavy equipment?
SLINGS AND CHAINS:
1. Slings, chains and rigging rated for intended use and inspected per OSHA.
Documentation of inspection in daily log?
2. __ Damaged slings, chains or rigging tagged out and reported?
3. __ Employees are instructed and keep clear of suspended ]oads?
ELECTRICAL:
I. Warning signs indicate the presence and location of high voltage
equipment, 250 V or greater present and location?
2. __ Electrical equipment and wiring properly guarded?
3. __ Electrical lines, extension cords and cables guarded and properly maintained?
4. __ Extension cords kept dry out of puddles and rain?
5. __ Damaged equipment tagged out?
6. __ Underground electrical lines located and indicated?
7. Overhead electrical lines de-energized or elevated work platfonns, work
areas, booms or ladders erected so no contact can occur with electrical
lines?
8. A positive electrical lock-out system is used whenever work is done on or
in electric equipment or electrically activated equipment?
Revised 10/1999
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I HEAL TH AND SAFETY FIELD AODl"'Fc't6ntinued
HAND AND POWER TOOLS:
I. __ Gu.1r<ls and safety devices in place and used?
2. __ Inspected before each use?
3. __ Tagged out if defective?
4. __ Eye protection areas identified and protection worn?
5. __ Non sparking tools available?
WELDING AND CUTTING:
I. __ Fire extinguishers present at all welding and cutting operations?
2. __ Confined spaces, t;mks, pipelines tested before welding or cutting?
3. __ Hot work pcnnitting system in use?
4. __ Proper helmets and shields (including proper tint for UV protection) used?
5. __ J>ropcrly grounded?
6. __ Fuel gas and◊.? gas cylinders stored at least 201apart?
__ Stored upright and secured?
7. __ Only trained welders pcnnittcd?
COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS/PRESSURIZED LINES:
I. __ Breathing air cylinders charged only to prescribed pressure?
2. __ No other gas system can be mistaken for breathing air?
Fittings prohibit cross connection?
Legend X-Ycs, 0 = No
3. __ Cylinders segregated appropriately in controlled, protected but wen ventilated nreas?
4. __ Smoking prohibited in storage areas?
5. __ Cylinders stored upright and secured?
6. __ Cylinder caps in place when stored (not in use) or when cylinders moved?
7 . __ Fuel gas and 0 2 minimum 20' apart when stored?
8. __ Pressurized air or waterlines arc securely corn-i::ctcd?
9. __ All site personnel know never to step across a pressurized line?
IO. __ Gas or otl1er hazardous lines are labeJled appropriately?
MISCELLANEOUS:
I. Tools and other equipment (portable) are stored away from walkways,
roads or driveways where they cannot fall on or be fallen over by site
personnel?
2. Overhead hazards arc noted, communicated to all and labeled as needed?
3. __ I lard hat, eye hearing and protection areas are defined and signs in place?
4. __ Hard hats, eye and head protection used where approprinte?
5. __ Signs or labels are in place or appropriate training received?
RcvisL-d J0/1999
I
I
I
I
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I HEALTH .AND $Ai=1=fy FIELD AUDIT -Continued:
Legend X = Yes, 0 = No
6. __ Copies of contracts with client and sul:rcontractors are on-site, WESTON's role regarding site health
and safety responsibilities clear in these and in the minds of the site manager(s)?
7. __ Sulrcontractors have received approved copies of their safety plan or have signified their intent to
conform with \Veston's safety plan?
8. __ Site managers understand their responsibilities for sub-contractors' conformance with all OSHA and
other health and safety requirements?
9. __ Site managers know what to do in the event of an OSHA inspection?
COMMENTS:
Revi~c<l 10/1991}
I
I
I
I
g
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. -· '._;::-,-.,•'•.::-'•
... l«>.TlflCA~qNC)FINCIDENTORNl:~~!,~~TC
This form should be used to report all incidents and near-incidents for work-related
injuries/illnesses, auto accidents or other liability situations or circumstances. All incidents and near-
incidents should be reported in writing to the Risk Manager and Risk Management Associate in theRisk
tv1anagcmcnt Department (R .. MD) with a copy to the Direct Supervisor of the cmployee(s) involved, the
Division Safety Managcr(s), the Corporate Health and Safety Director, Safety Oflicer(s), Chief Operating
Officer, Division Manager(s), Profit & Loss Manager, VP of 1-Iuman Resources, and other appropriate
parties within 24 hours. Verbal reporting of incidents is also recommended to ensure immediate notification
to appropriate chain of command individual~ If the incident occurs on a weekend or during off hours, Risk
Manager may be paged at [phone].
·n1c NOi form docs not relieve the requirement for compCtion of the Supplementary Record of
Occupational Injuries and Illnesses (OSHA IOI) or other Company required reporting forms. Call RMD at
(6 I 0) 701-74 I 3 or (6 I 0) 701-3046, if there arc any questions.
___ INJURY/ ILLNESS ___ NEAR-INCIDENT
DATE/TIME OF OCCURRENCE:
I. Employee(s) / individual(s) involved: Job Title/ role:
2. Project, office or location where incident/near-incident occurred:
___ OTHER
(e.g. Aulo, gcncml liability, suhcontraclor
incident)
Div./ l'&L Center/Org Unit:
3. Incident/near-incident description and resulting injuries/ exposures:
4. Treating physician name and recommendations (or responding police department, if applicable):
5. Can personnel return to work?
6. lnitfol corrective action taken to prevent recurrence:
7. Direct supervisor/ and office manager or project manager ( whomever is appropriate):
8. Division/ local/ site safety officer:
9. Has incident been reported to WESTONs insurance carricr(s) or appropriate state agency?
Why?
I 0. Is incident OSHA recordable for WESTON? Why?
11. For additional information, contact (name and phone number):
This is preliminary information, subject to change, and may contain errors. Any errors in this report
will be corrected as follow-u re orts are com feted.
Revised 06/1999
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Table7c1 -I · CONTINGENCIES -
Emer!']ency Contacts and Phone Numbers
Agency Contact Phone Number
Local Medical Emergency Facility Gaston Memorial 911/[phone]
(LMF)
WESTON Medical Emergency EMR -Dr. Elyanc 'll1eriault 1-800-229-3674
Contact
WESTON Health and Safetv Comorate Health and Safety [phone]
Fire Department Gaston Co./City of Gastonia 91 I
Police Department Gaston Co./City of Gastonia 911/[phone]
On-Site Coordinator-SHSC
Client Site Contact
Site Telephone EPA Telephone [phone]
Nearest Teleohone Above
Local Medical Emerqencv Facilitv(s)
Name of Hospital: Gaston Memorial Hospital
Address: 2525 Court Drive, Gastonia, Nonh Carolina Phone No,:
[phone]
Name of Contact: Phone No,:
Type of Service: Route to Hospital (written detail): Travel time from site:
D Physical trauma only Go northwest on Woodlawn Street. Tum left onto Hickory 14 minutes
D Chemical exposure only Grove Road. Hickory Grove Road becomes Hickory Grove Distance to hospital: Road/NC 7. Hickory Grove Road/NC 7 becomes Main IRI Physical trauma and Street/NC 7. Stay straight to go onto McAdenville Road/NC 7. 6.5 miles
chemical exposure Tum left to take 1-85 south toward Gastonia. Take the Cox Name/no. of 24-hr
IR! Available 24 hours Road exit (Exit 21) towards Ranlo. Tum right onto Cox Road. ambulance service:
Tum left onto Court Drive. Tum left onto Emergency Drive. GastonEMS /911
Secondary or Specialty Service Provider
Name of Hospital: Kines Mountain
Address: 706 W. King Street, Kingston, North Carolina Phone No,:
(704)739-360 I
Name of Contact: Phone No.:
Type of Service: Route to Hospital (written detail): Travel time from site:
D Physical trauma only Go nonhwest on Woodlawn Street Tum left onto Hickory 48 minutes
D Chemical exposure only Grove Road. Hickory Grove Road becomes Hickory Grove Distance to hospital: Road/NC 7. Hickory Grove Road/NC 7 becomes Main
IRI Physical trauma and Street/NC 7. Stay straight to go onto McAdenville Road/NC 7. 3 t .6 miles
chemical exposure Turn left to take 1-85 south toward Gastonia, Take the US-74 Name/no. of 24-hr
IR! Available 24 hours west exit (Exit !OB) towards Kings Mountain/Shelby. Tum a ambulance service:
slight right, then turn a slight right again onto US-74 BR. US-Cleveland Cty. EMS/ 9 I I
74 13R becomes US-74 BR/NC-150.
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901 ).doc 7-4
I
I
I
I
•
I
n
D
6
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I K:\WP\ 12720\HASP002•figs.doc
Figure 7-1
Map of Route to Hospital
Woodlawn Street to Gaston Memorial Hospital
North Belmont PCE Site
Belmont, Gaston County, North Carolina
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
I
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I K:IWP\ 12720\HASP002-figs.doc
Figure 7-2
Map of Route to Hospital
Woodlawn Street to Kings Mountain Hospital
North Belmont PCE Site
Belmont, Gaston County, North Carolina
I
I
I
I
g
u
u
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD 01
FLD02
FLD 05
FLD 06
FLD 08
FLD 09
FLD IO
FLD 11
FLD 12
FLD 20
FLD 22
FLD 23
FLD 24
FLD 28
FLD 29
FLD 33
FLD 34
FLD 35
FLD 36
FLD 38
FLD39
FLD 42
FLD 44
FLD 47
APPENDIX A
WESTON FIELD OPERATING PROCEDURES 7-~-
-
OCCUPATIONAL NOISE AND HEARING CONSERVATION
INCLEMENT WEATHER
HEAT STRESS PREVENTION AND MONITORING
COLD STRESS
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM
HOT WORK
MANUAL LIFTING AND HANDLING OF HEAVY OBJECTS
ROUGH TERRAIN
HOUSEKEEPING
TRAFFIC
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATION
CRANES/LIFTING EQUIPMENT
AERIAL LIFTS/MAN LIFTS
EXCAVATING /TRENCHING
MATERIALS HANDLING
DEMOLITION
UTILITIES
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
WELDING/CUTTING/BURNING
HANDANDPOWERHANDTOOLS
ILLUMINATION
LOCKOUT/TA GOUT
BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS--BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS EXPOSURE
CONTROL PLAN-FIRST AID PROVIDERS
CLEARING, GRUBBING AND LOGGING OPERATIONS
NOR/K:\WP\ 12720\hasp002(rev0901) .doc
I
I
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD0l OCCUPATIONAL NOISE AND HEARING CONSERVATION
(Final revision 11/8/1999)
GENERAL
Return to top
Noise is defined as unwanted sound. Noise can cause sudden traumatic temporary or pennanent hearing
loss, long term slowly occurring sensory-neural and irreversible hearing loss, disrnption of
communication, and masking of warning devices and alanns. Increased stress levels and effects on the
cardiovascular and nervous systems have been documented as additional concerns.
The goal of this operating practice is to reduce and potentially eliminate hazardous levels of noise
exposure.
REFERENCES
29CFR 1910.95
RESPONSIBILITIES
Project Manager or Supervisor: The Project Manager or employee's supervisor shall ensure that
WESTON and subcontract personnel under their control comply with the requirements of this
procedure and have the necessary resources to assure compliance. TI1e Project Manager or Supervisor
will ensure that hazard assessment, monitoring and control procedures have been implemented.
Safety Officer: The safety officer (site, project or region) shall assist the Project Manager or Supervisor
in understanding the technical requirements of this practice.
·n,c Corporate Health and Safety (CHS) Director: The CHS Director or his designees ( e.g., safety
professionals, safety officers, division safety managers, or operations health and safety group) will
provide assistance with interpretations of this practice. The CHS Director will ensure periodic
evaluation of this operating practice through practice review and inspections.
Occupational Medical Provider (OMP): WESTON's OMP will assist in compliance with this practice
through evaluation of clinics, verification of baseline exams and annual employee audiogram
evaluation. The OMP will advise the Safety Officer and, if necessary, the CHS Director of any
problems associated with medical compliance or occupationally related hearing loss in workers.
Employees: All affected employees arc responsible for complying with the requirements of this
practice. Any concerns or questions regarding compliance is to be brought the attention of the Safety
Officer, the Project Manager, or the Supervisor.
Rcvise<l 11/1999
C\My Donm,..nu\ll&S\ficlJM~nR,.,.8;'00 dot
FLD0l-1
I
I
I
g
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Recognition and Risk Assessment
Employee noise exposure is expressed as an eight-hour time-weighted average (foll shift exposure) in
decibels (dB) on the "A-scale" (dBA). This number is to be compared to the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's Pennissible Exposure Limit (PEL) which is an 8-hour (~Ille-weighted average
(TWA) of90 dBA, and the OSHA Action Level (AL) which is 85 dl3A. Table Git6 in 29 CFR 1910.95
provides information regarding time-equivalent PELs.
The PEL is a limit which should not be exceeded, and the AL is a noise level threshold which when
exceeded obligates the employer to establish a Hearing Conservation Program (HCP). The HCP includes
baseline and annual hearing tests, and hearing conservation training. Whenever there is a reasonable
possibility of employee noise exposure over 85 decibels, the affected employee is enrolled in the HCP.
-n,e need for noise monitoring equipment, noise dosimeters or hearing protection devices must be
addressed in the planning stages of a project. WESTON personnel and WESTON subcontractors arc to
wear hearing protection devices when required and where signs arc posted requiring their use.
Some of the sources of noise at hazardous materials sites, demolition operations, constrnction and
industrial sites which can cause hearing damage arc: compressor motors, drill rig engines, hammer blows
(such as from a split spoon), compressor motors, compressed air, and heavy equipment. Examples of
approximate noise levels from various activities arc as follows:
• Rock Drilling:
• Chain Saws:
• Abrasive Blasting:
• Heavy Equipment:
• Demolition:
• Needle Guns:
• Riveter/Chipper:
• Noisy Factory:
• Noisy Office:
• Conversational Speech:
up to 115 dBA
up to 125 dBA
up to I IO dl3A
95 to 110 dl3A
up to 117 dl3A
up to 112 dBA
up to 120 dBA
up to 90 dBi\
70 to 80 dl3A
60dBA
Noise Evaluation and Surveillance Procedures
Noise exposure assessment is perfonncd only by qualified personnel with properly calibrated and
functional noise measuring equipment. If the HASP or the Safety Officer indicate that the site, or activity,
requires an instmmentation survey then the area will be screened with an A-weighted sound level meter
(Area Monitoring). If deemed necessary a more in depth evaluation utilizing a noise dosimeter may, be
performed (Personnel Monitoring). Both types of monitoring, if needed, will be accomplished in
accordance with requirements established in 29 CFR 1910.95(d).
RcYised 11/1999
C\My Dl><7.1mrmsll l&S\fithlManRn11700 ,loc
FLD0l-2
I
I
I
g
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Long-tenn work efforts at fixed locations ( e.g., water treatment plants, incinerators, etc.) will require an
evaluation of noise levels utilizing instrumentation. Re-monitoring may be necessary when changes in
equipment, processes or activities result in modification of the noise level.
If impact noise is present, the peak noise levels and the frequency of the impacts.,~l_lould be dctcnnined.
Both OSHA and the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists'(AGCIH) recommend
certain limits to impact noise which depend on the noise intensity and frequency of the impacts. These
resources an,Vor qualified personnel should be consulted if questions arise regarding impact or impulse
noise.
Noise Control Methods
Engineering Controls
·n,c primary means of reducing · or eliminating personnel exposure to hazardous noise is through
engineering controls. Engineering controls are defined as any modification or replacement of equipment,
or related physical change at the noise source or along the sound transmission path that will reduce the
noise level to the employees car. Engineering controls include items such as; mufficrs on heavy
equipment or motors, sound balllcs, and enclosures.
Administrative Controls
Administrative controls are defined as changes in the work schedule or operations which reduce noise
exposure. These controls include increasing worker distance from the noise source and rotation of jobs so
that time limits of exposure arc reduced.
Administrative time control is not a preferable method for preventing noise exposure since extreme noise
for a short duration can cause severe, permanent hearing loss. Administrative controls may be utilized in
accordance with the TWA Tables (see 29 CFR 1910.95, Table G-16). Administrative controls may not be
utilized for exposures greater than 115 dBA, regardless of the exposure time.
Hearing Protection
Hearing protection devices arc utilized whenever engineering controls prove to be infeasible or cost
prohibitive. Various types of ear muffs and ear plugs are available. Hearing protector attenuation is
intended to reduce employee exposures below 85 dBA for employees with standard threshold shifts and
below 90 dBA for all other employees.
Hearing protection devices arc strongly recommended in any noisy environment, but are mandatory in the
following situations:
• The eight hour average may equal or exceed 90 decibels.
• Any employee exposed to greater than or equal to 85 decibels and who have experienced a
standard threshold shift (STS) in their hearing.
• Any noise equal to greater than 115 decibels impact, continuous or intennittent.
• Anywhere a "HEARING PROTECTION REQUIRED" sign is posted. These signs arc to be
posted in all mandatory situations listed above.
ReviseJ 1111999
C:\M y [)o(umrm,\I l.'C!S\fitklManR~,1!200.doc
FLD0l-3
D
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I '
I
I
I
I
In the absence of sound level measuring instrnrnentation, any noise preventing normal vocal discussion
between two individuals at anns length distance ("arms-length rnle") will dictate the need for hearing
protection. WESTON guidelines require the use of hearing protection on an immediate basis under the
"anns-lcngth rnlc". Exceptions may be granted based upon task and duration.
Not all hearing protection devices have the same noise reduction rating (NRR).
values must be made by referring to the manufacturers' specifications.
-~~-
Verification of all NNR
The proper hearing protection is selected using results from a properly calibrated sound level meter in the
following manner. The NRR of the device chosen is reduced by subtracting. ·n,cn this resulting number
is subtracted from the noise level in dBA (for example: if the noise reading is 100 dBA, and the car plugs
selected have a NRR of 27. Subtracting 7 from 27 equals 20. Subtracting 20 from 100 equals 80. The
attenuated sound level to the wearer is 80). Appendix 13 of29 CFR 1910.95 provides information on
attenuation adequacy using other monitoring devices or scales.
Hearing protection must attenuate employee e'.xposurc to an 8-hour TWA of 90 dBA or less. WESTON
will strive to accomplish an attenuation of 85 dB A or less. For any employee diagnosed with a standard
threshold shill, the attenuation must be 85 dBA or less.
Additional information regarding the selection, use, maintenance, and control of hearing protection
devices is provided in the WESTON Personnel Protective Equipment Program.
Medical Surveillance
Compliance with the Hearing Conservation Program (HCP) component of 29 CFR I 910.95 is required
whenever an employee's exposure to noise in excess of 85 dBA occurs. As such, field employees whose
job descriptions require work with drill rigs, heavy constrnction equipment or noisy client operations
would be candidates for the HCP and medical surveillance requirements thereof. Supervisors of any
employees not meeting the categories above ( e.g., treatment plant operations, print shop, maintena[lce
personnel) are required to detennine the need for those employees to participate in the HCP by performing
noise surveys, and advise their safety officer who will in tum notify the Occupational Medical Provider.
WESTON's Occupational Medical Provider will make the final detennination of employee involvement
in the medical surveillance component of the HCP.
Audiometric testing is performed annually to evaluate the hearing of all individuals who are routinely
exposed to 8 hour TWA exposures of 85 dBA or greater (including compliance with the "arms-length
rnlc"). By evaluating the hearing of these individuals, the overall effectiveness of the Occupational Noise
and Hearing Conservation Program can be systematically monitored. WESTON's Occupational Medical
Provider is responsible for assuring local clinic compliance with the audiometric testing component of fhe
standard.
RcviSt"ll I 1/1999
C\M~ Dornmr,~,III.\SIFidJManKn8lOO doc
FLD0l-4
ti
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ·'
I
I
I
I
I
Training
Initial and annual training shall be given to each employee included in the Hearing Conservation Program.
Training will address the following:
The effects of noise on hearing.
• The purpose of hearing protection, advantages, disadvantages, attenuation of various types, and
the selection, fitting, use, and care of protectors.·
• The purpose of audiometric tests and explanation oftest procedures.
• Recognition of hazardous noise.
WESTON's initial and refresher courses under 29 CFR 1910.120 (Hazwoper) arc utilized to deliver these
training obligations. Alternative training will be given to employees who arc included in the HCP but who arc not trained in accordance with Hazwoper requirements,.
. Program Evaluation
Periodic program evaluations will be conducted to assess compliance with 29 CFR 1910.95 and this
operating practice. The CHS Director (or his desi1,'Ilee) is responsible for reviewing this practice on an annual b,1sis. WESTON's Occupational Medical Provider is responsible for assisting in this evaluation by providing infonnation relative to employee exposure and medical surveillance data.
Record keeping
Employee exposure measurements arc retained for a minimum of two years and audiometric test
records are retained for the duration of the employee's employment, plus thirty years.
Revised 11/1999
C.\My l>orumrr,1,\l\!o.S\fitldMa.oRn8iOO do.-
FLD0l-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD02
GENERAL
INCLEMENT WEATIIER
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD05 -Heat Stress Prevention and Monitoring
FLD06 -Cold Stress
FLD25 -Working at Elevations
FLD26 -Ladders
FLD27 -Scaffolds
Return to top
I-Jot weather (ambient temperatures over 70°F), cold weather (ambient temperatures below 40°F), rain,
snow, ice, and lightning are examples of inclement weather that may be hazardous or add risk to work
activities. Heat stress and cold stress are covered under separate operating procedures.
Extremes of heat, cold, and humidity, as well as rain, snow, and ice, can adversely affect monitoring
instrument response and reliability, respiratory protection perfornrnnce, and chemical protective clothing
materials.
Heat
Additional examples and protection from heat stress are addressed in WESTON Safety Procedure FLD05.
l·lot, dry weather increases risk of soil drying, erosion, and dust dispersion, which may present or increase
risk of exposure and environmental impact from toxic hazards. Hot weather will increase pressure_ on
· closed containers and the rate of volatilization, thereby potentially increasing the risk of exposure to toxic,
flammable, or explosive atmospheres.
Rain, Wet Weather, and High Humidity
Rain and wet conditions increase slipping and tripping hazards, braking distances of vehicles, and the
potential for slippage or handling difficulties for devices such as augers and drills. Rain fills holes,
obscures trip and fall hazards, and increases risk of electrical shock when working with electrical
equipment. Changes in soil conditions caused by rain can impact trenching and excavating activities,
creating the potential for quicksand fonnation, wall collapse, and cave-in. Vehicles become stuck in mud,
and tools and personnel can slip on wet surfaces.
Rain and wet conditions may decrease visibility (especially for personnel wearing respiratory protection)
and limit the effectiveness of certain direct-reading instnunents (e.g., photoionization detectors [PIDs]).
Revised 11/1999
Cl.My Dot·umtnu\J l,\S\Fitld~bnJln8200 doc
FLD02-I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cold, Snow, and Ice
In addition to cold stress, which is covered in WESTON field procedure FLD06, cold weather afTects
vehicle operation by increasing difficulty in starting and braking. Ice, frost, and snow can accumulate on
windows and reduce vision.
Cold, wet weather can cause icing of roadways, driveways, parking areas, general work places, ladders,
stairs, and platforms. Ice is not always as obvious to see as snow or rain, and requires special attention,
especially when driving or walking.
Snow and ice increase the risk of accidents such as slipping when walking, climbing steps and ladders, or
working at elevation, and the risk of accidents when driving vehicles or operating heavy equipment.
Heavy snow and ice storms may cause electric lines to sag or break, and the use of electrical equipment in
snow increases the risk of electric shock. Snow can hide potholes and mud, which can result in vehicles
getting stuck or persons falling when stepping into hidden holes. Snow also may cover water, dnnns or
other containers, sharp metal objects, debris, or other objects that can cause falls or punctures.
Personnel performing activities that require working over ice should be aware of minimal ice thickness
safety guidelines as follows:
• 4-inch minimum: activities such as walking or skating.
• 6-inch minimum: activities such as snowmobiling or the use of equipment with the same weight
and cross-sectional area as a snowmobile.
Personnel should always be aware that these measurements are under ideal conditions and that ·snow
cover, conditions on rivers, ponds, or lakes with active currents, and other environmental factor impact the
safety of working on ice. Clear ice typically is the strongest, while ice that appears cloudy. or
honeycombed is not as stnicturally strong. Measurements made by drilling or cutting through the ice
should be made every few feet to verify safe conditions. Under no circumstances should WESTON
personnel operate motor vehicles such as cars or trucks on ice.
Provisions for rescue (e.g., ladders or long poles and efTective communications) must be available at the
work site.
Lightning
Lightning represents a hazard of electrical shock that is increased when working in flat open spaces,
elevated work places, or near tall structures or equipment such as stacks, radio towers, and drill rigs.
Lightning has caused chemical storage tank fires and grass or forest fires. Static charges associated with
nearby electrical storms can increase risk of fire or explosion when working around flammable materials,
and can adversely affect monitoring instruments.
Revised I 1/1999
FLD02-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Recognition and Risk Assessment
Few Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) re6'l1lations apply to the conditions covered
in this procedure; however, under specific standards (e.g., Constrnction Industry, Subpart P, Excavations)
and the OSHA General Duty Clause, inclement weather hazards must be addressed ip safety programs.
t~-
Heat, rain, cold, snow, ice, and lightning are natural phenomena that complicate work activities, and
add or increase risk. The potential for physical hazards must be considered for tasks that expose
personnel to inclement weather. Risk assessment can be accomplished during the planning stages of a
project by developing a task risk analysis for the most likely inclement weather conditions that may be
encountered, i.e., rain and lightning in late spring, summer, and early fall, or lightning prone areas;
cold, snow, and ice in winter. The SHSC must make decisions on the proper safety procedure and
recommend them to the site manager. Each worker must evaluate the risk associated with his or her
work and be actively alert to these hazards. Any site worker may stop work if safety procedures are
not followed or the risk is too great.
A pre-site activity risk assessment must be completed when inclement weather occurs. Weather conditions
that affect instrnments and PPE function must be conveyed to site workers. All personnel should monitor
function and integrity of PPE and be alert to changing weather conditions. A decision must be made on
the proper safety procedures to use if work must continue, or to stop work if the risk is too great. The
Appropriate Safety Professional must be notified of all instances of the need to stop work for safety
reasons, including inclen1cnt weather.
Prevention and Protection Programs
Procedures applicable to inclement weather include the following:
Monitoring equipment and PPE must be maintained in proper working order and used according to
manuf.l1cturcrs' instructions.
Walkways, stairs, ladders, elevated workplaces, and scaffold platfonns must be kept free of mud, ice, and
snow.
Vehicles used in rain or cold weather must have windshield wipers and defrosters, and windows must be
kept clear of obstmction.
Employees must be protected from airborne contaminants using engineering controls such as wetting dry
soil to prevent particle dispersion, and providing local ventilation to reduce volatile air contaminants to
safe levels, or if engineering controls are infeasible, using prescribed personal protective equipment
(PPE).
Required confonnancc with traffic laws, including maintaining speed within limits safe for weather
conditions, and wearing scat belts at all times.
Using a walking stick or probe to test footing ahead of persons walking where there is standing water,
snow, or ice to protect the walker against stepping into potholes or onto puncture hazards, buried
containers, or other potential structurally unsound surfaces.
Revised I J/1999
FLD02-3
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Prior to using vehicles or equipment in off-road work, walking the work area or intended travelway
when puddles or snow may obscure potholes, puncture hazards, or buried containers, or other potential
strncturally unsound surfaces.
Arranging to have winches, come-a longs, or other mechanical assistance available :Y.hen vehicles are used
in areas where there is increased risk of getting stuck. Cable or rope and mechanital equipment used for
pulling stuck vehicles must be designed for the purpose, of sufficient capacity for the load, and be
inspected regularly and before use to ensure safety. Manually pushing stuck vehicles is lo be avoided.
Monitoring wind shifts and velocity where change may result in dispersion of airborne contaminants into
work area.
Prior to working in areas or beginning projects during times when there is an increased likelihood of
lightning or the potential for lightning striking personnel, steps must be taken to predict the occurrence of
lightning strikes, including:
a) Checking with client management to dctennine if there is any pattern or noted conditions that
predict lightning or if there arc structures that are prone to lightning strikes. Arrange for client
notification when there is increased potential for lightning activities. Ensure that clients include
WESTON workers in lightning contingency plans.
b) Monitoring weather reports.
c) Noting weather changes and conditions that produce lightning.
d) Stopping work in open areas, around drill rigs or other struchircs that may attract lightning, on or
in water and in elevated work places when lightning strikes arc sighted or thunder is heard near a
work site. · ·
e) Ensuring all personnel are provided with safe areas of refoge. Keep personnel from standing in
open areas, under lone trees, or under drill rigs.
Reviset.l 11/1$1)9
C:\My Don11nrm ,111"1S\fi, l,IManR~,1tzoo doc
FLD02-4
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD OS IIEAT STRESS PREVENTION AND MONITORING
Return to top
GENERAL
Heat stress may occur at any time work is perfonned at elevated temperature°:c.-=·Wearing chemical
protective clothing often decreases natural body heat loss and increases the risk of heat stress.
If the body's physiological processes fail to maintain a nonnal body temperature because of excessive
heat, a number of physical reactions can occur, with symptoms ranging from mild (such as fatigue,
irritability, anxiety, and decreased concentration or dexterity) to fatal. Because heat stress is one of the
most common and potentially serious illnesses at hazardous waste sites, regular monitoring and other
preventive measures arc vital to ensure worker safety.
Employees who are taking prescription or over-the-counter medications should consult with their
personal physician prior to working in high-temperature environments.
REFERENCES
OSHA29CFR 1910and 1926
Related FLD OPS:
FLD02 -Inclement Weather
FLD03 -Hot Processes -Steam
FLD08-Confined Space Entry
FLD36-Welding, Culling and Burning
FLD37 -Pressure Washing
APPENDICES
A Common Heat Stress Disorders and Their Prevention and Treatment
PROCEDURE
Recognition and Risk Assessment
In the planning stages of a project, the potential for heat stress disorders must be considered as a physical
hazard in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). Risk assessment can be accomplished in the
development stages of a project by listing in the HASP the most likely heat stress disorders that may
occur.
Revised 11/1999
C:\My Do< unlt'nts\11&$\Fid,IManRr,~~OO ,~,~
FLD0S-1
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The SHSC must make decisions on the proper safety procedures and recommend them to the site manager. Each worker must evaluate the risk associated with his or her work and be actively alert to these hazards. Any site worker may stop work if safety procedures arc not followed or the risk is too great. In addition, all site personnel must be aware of these symptoms in both themselves and their co-workers.
Four common heat stress disorders and their associated prevention and treatment methods arc provided in Appendix A.
Prevention and Protection Programs
Heat stress is affected by several interacting factors including, but not limited to, age, obesity, physical condition, substance abuse, level of personal protective equipment worn, and environmental conditions (temperature, shade, and humidity). Site workers must learn to recognize and treat the various forms of heat stress. The best approach is preventive heat stress management such as the examples given below.
I-lave workers drink 16 ounces of water before beginning work, at established breaks, and in the morning or aficr lunch. 1l1c body's normal thirst mechanism is not sensitive enough to ensure body fluid replaccri1cnt, therefore, pre-and post-work fluid intake is necessary. Under heavy work and heat conditions, the body may lose up to 2 gallons of fluids per day. In order to prevent heat stress symptoms, the individual must ensure replacement of this moisture.
Provide disposable cups that hold about 4 ounces, and water that is maintained at 50 to 60 °F. Have workers drink 16 ounces of water before beginning work, and a cup or two at each break period. Provide a shaded area for rest breaks. Discourage the intake of eaffeinated drinks during working hours. Monitor for signs of heat stress.
Encourage workers to maintain a good diet during these periods. In most cases, a balanced diet and lightly salted foods should help maintain the body's electrolyte balance. Bananas are especially good for maintaining the body's potassium level. The most important measure to prevent heat-related illness· is adequate fluid intake. Workers should drink 1/2 to I quarts of liquids per hour in high heat conditions. Most of this liquid should be water.
If utilizing commercial electrolyte mixes, double the amount of water called for in the package directions. Indications arc that "full-strength" preparations taken under high heat stress conditions may actually decrease the body's electrolytes.
Acclimate workers to site work conditions by slowly increasing workloads, i.e., do not begin work activities with extremely demanding tasks. Rotate shins of workers who arc required to wear impervious clothing in hot weather. In extremely hot weather, conduct field activities in the early morning and evening.
Re\'isOO 11/1999
C:\1.ly Donimr,,,s\ll&S\fi<ldMa11R..,..8:WO doc
FLD05-2
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. ,
I
I
I
I
I
I
ii
I
Provide cooling devices to aid natural body heat regulation. These devices, however, add weight and their
use should be balanced against worker efficiency. An example of a cooling aid is long cotton underwear,
which acts as a wick to absorb moisture and protect the skin from direct contact with heat-absorbing
protective clothing.
Ensure that adequate shelter is available to protect personnel against heat and direct sunlight, which can
decrease physical efficiency and increase the probability of heat stress. If possible, set up the command
post in the shade.
Good hygienic standards must be maintained by frequent showering and changes of clothing. Clothing
should be permitted to dry during rest periods. Persons who notice skin problems should immediately
consult medical personnel.
Heat Stress Monitoring and Work Cycle Management
When strenuous field activities arc part of on-going site work conducted in hot weather, the following
guidelines should be used to monitor the body's physiological response to heat, and to manage the work
cycle, even if workers arc not wearing impervious clothing. These procedures should be instituted when
the temperature exceeds 70°F and the tasks/risk analysis indicates an increased risk of heat stress
problems. Consult the H/\SP and a safety professional (e.g., Division safety manager, safety officer) if
questions arise as to the need for specific heat stress monitoring. In all cases, the site personnel must be
aware of the signs and symptoms of heat stress and provide adequate rest breaks and proper aid as
necessary.
Measure He:n1 Rate -Heart rate should be measured by the radial pulse for 30 seconds as early as
possible in the rest period. The heart rate at the beginning of the rest period should not exceed 110 beats
per minute. If the heart rate is higher, the next work period should be shortened by 33%, while the length
of the rest period stays the same. If the pulse rate still exceeds 110 beats per minute at the beginning of
the next rest period, the following work cycle should be further shortened by 33%. The procedure is
continued until the rate is maintained below 110 beats per minute .
Measure Body Temperature -When ambient temperatures are over 90°F, body temperatures should be
measured with a clinical thennometer as early as possible in the rest period. If the oral temperature
exceeds 99.6°F (or I degree change from baseline) at the beginning of the rest period, the following work
cycle should be shortened by 33%. The procedure is continued until the body temperature is maintained
below 99.6°F (or I degree change from baseline). Under no circumstances should a worker be allowed to
work if their oral temperature exceeds I00.6°F.
Measure Body Water Loss -Body water loss greater than 1.5% of total body weight is indicative of a heat
stress condition. Body weight is measured before personal protective equipment (PPE) is donned and
after the PPE is removed following a work cycle. Body water loss can be measured with an ordinary
bathroom scale, however, the scale must be sensitive to one-half pounds increments. /\ worker is required
to drink additional 0uids and rest if their body water loss is greater than 1.5%.
Revisetl 11/1999
C.\M)· D11<·umr1~s\ll&S\J-i.-lJMa.nRn&200 doc
FLD05-3
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Note: For purposes of this operating practice, a break is defined as a 15-minute period and/or until an
individual's vital signs are within prescribed guidelines.
A physiological monitoring schedule is determined by following the steps below:
Measure the air tempcrahirc with a standard lhennomeler.
Estimate the fraction of sunshine by judging what percent the sun is out (refer to Table I).
Calculate the adjusted temperature based on the following formula:
Adjusted Temperature= Actual Temperature+ 13 X
(fraction of the percent sunshine factor)
Using Table 2, detennine the physiological monitoring schedule for fit and acclimated workers.
·11,e length of work period is governed by frequency of physiological monitoring (Table 2). The length of
the rest period is governed by physiological parameters (heart rate and oral temperature). For example,
site personnel anticipate wearing level C (impermeable clothing) during site activities.
The air temperature is 80°F and there arc no clouds in the sky ( I 00% sunshine). The adjusted temperature
is calculated in the following manner:
Adjusted Temperature (Adj T °F) = Actual Temperature (Amb T °F) + (13 x fraction of the percent
sunshine factor).
Adj T °F = 80°F + ( 13 x 1.0)
Adj T °F = 93 °F
Using Table 2, the pulse rate, oral temperature and body water loss monitoring would be conducted after
each 60 minutes of work. The adjusted temperature may need to be redetermined if the percent sunshine
and ambient temperature changes drastically during site work.
If an individual's heart rate exceeds 110 beats per minute at the beginning of the rest period, that
individual will continue lo rest until his or her heart rate drops lo baseline; the next work period is then
decreased by 3 3 %.
Revised 11/1999
TAIILE I
FLD05-4
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX A
COMMON HEAT STRESS DISORDERS AND THEIR PREVENTION AND TREATMENT
Heat Rash
Heat rash is caused by continuous exposure to heat and humidity, and is aggravated by chafing clothes.
The condition decreases an individual's ability to tolerate heat and can be extremely uncomfortable.
Symptoms-Mild red rash, especially in areas of the body that come into contact with protective gear.
Treatment -Decrease amount of time spent working in protective gear and provide body powder to help
absorb moisture and decrease chafing.
Heat Cramps
Heat cramps arc caused by inadequate electrolyte intake. The individual may be receiving adequate
water, however, if not combined with an adequate supply of electrolytes, the blood can thin to the point
where it seeps into the active muscle tissue, causing cramping.
Symptoms-Acute painful spasms of voluntary muscles, most notably the abdomen and extremities.
Treatment -Move the victim to a cool area and loosen clothing. Have the victim drink l to 2 cups of
lightly salted water or diluted commercial electrolyte solution immediately, and then every ·20 minutes
thereafter until symptoms subside. Electrolyte supplements can enhance recovery (e.g., Gatorade,
Quench) however, it is best to double the amount of water required by the dry mix package directions or
add water to the liquid fonn.
Heat Exhaustion
Heat exhaustion is a state of very definite weakness or exhaustion caused by the loss of fluids from the
body. The condition is much less dangerous than heat stroke, but it nonetheless must be treated.
Symptoms -Pale, clammy, and moist skin, profuse perspiration, and extreme weakness. Body
temperature is normal, pulse is weak and rapid, and breathing is shallow. The person may have a
headache, may vomit, and may feel diny.
Treatment -Move the victim to a cool; air-conditioned or temperature-controlled area, loosen clothing,
place in a position with the head lower than the feet (shock prevention), and allow the victim to rest.
Consult a physician, especially in severe cases. Have the victim drink I to 2 cups of water immcdiat"ly,
and every 20 minutes thereafter until symptoms subside.
Revi~ 11/1999
FLD05-6
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Heat Stroke
Heat stroke is an acute and dangerous reaction to heat stress caused by a failure of the body's heat
regulating mechanisms, i.e., the individual's temperature control system (sweating) stops working
correctly. Body temperature rises so high that brain damage and death may resui(if the person is not
cooled quickly.
Symptoms -Red, hot, dry skin (although the person may have been sweating earlier); nausea, dizziness,
confusion, extremely high body temperature, rapid respiratory and pulse rate, unconsdousness or coma.
Treatment -Remove the victim from the source of heat and cool the victim quickly. If the body
temperature is not brought down quickly, pennanent brain damage or death may result. Soak the victim in
cool (not cold) water, sponge the body with cool water, or pour water on the body to reduce the
temperature to a safe level (less than I 02 °F). Monitor the victim's vital signs and obtain immediate
medical help. Do not give the victim coffee, tea, or alcoholic beverages.
Revised 11/1999
C:\M :,· Horumern,\l l&S\ric l,!l\1~nR~v~;'O{I doc
FLD0S-7
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD06
GENERAL
COLD STRESS
REFERENCES
Related FU) OPS:
FLD02 -Inclement Weather
FLD07-Wet Feet
FLD 15 -Remote Areas
FLD 17 -Diving
FLD I 8 -Using Boats
FLD/9-Working Over Water
FLD25 -Working at Elevations
PROCEDURE
Return to top
Persons working outdoors in low temperatures (below 40°F), and especially at or below. freezing, are
subject to cold stress. Exposure to extreme cold for a short time can cause severe injury to the surface of
the body, or result in profound generalized cooling which, unchecked, could ultimately cause death. Areas
of the body that have high surface-area-to-volume ratios, such as fingers, toes, and ears, are the most
susceptible.
Chemical protective clothing generally does not afford protection against cold stress. In many instances, it
increases susceptibility. Chemical hazard site workers must learn to dress carefolly to provide both
chemical protection and thermal insulation while not dressing so wannly that exercise or strenuous
activity will result in cold stress.
Body heat is conserved through the constriction of surface blood vessels. This constriction reduces
circulation at the skin layers and keeps blood nearer the body core.
Loss of body heat can occur through:
I. Respiration -In extreme cold, cover the mouth and nose with wool or fur to "pre-warm" the air
you breath.
2. Evaporation -Wear layered clothing, and remove outer layers prior to overheating to avoid
soaking clothing with perspiration. Replace layers prior to becoming chilled. Wear clothing that
will "breath" or allow water vapor to escape to reduce the cooling effect of evaporation.
3. Conduction -Sitting on snow, touching cold equipment, and working in the rain are examples
of how heat can be lost by conduction. A great deal of body heat is lost rapidly when a person
becomes wet. Hypothermia from immersion in water has resulted in death at temperatures of
40°F or lower. Perspiration or rain should never be allowed to saturate clothing; such soaking
will seriously reduce the insulativc properties of the clothing, in
addition to increasing heat loss. Most clothing loses approximately 90 percent of its insulating
properties when wet.
Rf'\iscd 11/1999
C:\My Oo<-ummn\ll&S\l'i.:IJManRev8200 ,loc
FLD06-I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Frostbite of the extremities can occur in three fonns:
• Frost nip or incipient frostbite is characterized by sudden blanching or whitening of skin.
• Superficial frostbite is characterized by skin with a waxy or white appcaraucc·that is finn to the
touch, but the tissue beneath is resilient.
• Deep frostbite is characterized by tissues that a!e cold, pale or darkened, and solid.
Treatment for frostbite:
• Move the victim indoors and/or away from additional exposure to cold, wet, and wind.
• Superficially frostbitten areas arc best wanned by placing them next to wann skin. The basic
tenant to rewarming frostbitten areas is to not raise the temperature much above that of the body.
The abdomen and the annpit arc body areas that can be used to rewann frostbitten areas. Water at
99° to I 04 °F can be used. Avoid the use of fires, hot water, or external heaters to warm frostbitten
areas.
• Give a wann drink (water or juices, not coffee, tea or alcohol). Do not allow the victim to smoke.
• If using water to rewarm the affected areas, keep the frozen parts in warm water until all paleness
has turned to pink or burgundy red, but no longer. Remember, the tissue will be very painful as it
thaws.
• After rewarming, elevate the area and protect it from further injury.
• Do not break blisters.
• Use sterile, soft, dry material to cover the injured areas.
• Keep victim wann and obtain medical care as necessary.
• Do not rub the frostbitten part (this may cause gangrene).
• Do not use ice, snow, gasoline or anything cold on the frostbitten area.
• Do not use heat lamps or hot water bottles to rewann the frostbitten area.
• Do not place the frostbitten area near a hot stove.
Hypothermia
Systemic hypothermia occurs when body heat loss exceeds body heat gain and the body core temperature
falls below the nonnal 99°F. While many hypothern1ia cases arc caused by extremely cold temperatures,
most cases develop in air temperatures between 30° and 50°F, especially when compounded with water
immersion or soaking, and windy conditions.
Rcvi$t-tl 11/1999
C\t.ly Do<-u,,,..nrsltl&S\firldhbnRnl!~OO doc
FLD06-3
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Remember that the victim ofhypothennia may not know, or refuse to admit, that he or she is experiencing
hypothermia. All personnel must be observant for these signs for themselves and for other team members.
Hypothennia can include one or more of the following symptoms.
• Uncontrollable shivering.
• Va1c,'11c, slow, slurred speech.
• Irrational nctions.
• Memory lapses.
• Incoherence.
• Fumbling hands, frequent stumbling, lurching gait.
• Apathy, listlessness, and sleepiness' inability to get up afler resting.
• Unconsciousness, glassy stare, slow pulse and slow respiration.
• Death.
Below the critical body core temperature of 95 °F, the body cannot produce enough heat by itself to
recover. At this point, emergency measures must be taken to reverse the drop in core temperature. The
victim may slip into hypothermia in a matter of minutes and can die in less than 2 hours afler the first
signs of hypothermia arc detected. Treatment and medical assistance arc critical.
Treatment for hypothermia:
• Prevent further heat loss by moving the person to a wam1er location out of the wind, wet, and cold.
• Remove cold, wet clothing. If necessary, based upon the victim's condition, external sources of
heat (e.g., wann blankets, warm water baths, or body contact) may be necessary to rewann the
victim.
• If the victim is conscious, provide warm liquids, candy, or sweetened foods. Carbohydrates ·are
the food most quickly transfonncd into heat and energy. Do not give alcohol or caffeine.
• Keep the victim awake, monitor ABCs, perfonn first aid as appropriate, and obtain medical
assistance soon as possible.
Prevention and Protection Programs
Site workers must learn to recognize and treat the various fonns of cold stress. l11e best approach is
preventive cold stress management, such as the following:
• Wear loose, layered clothing, masks, woolen scarves, and hats in extreme cold weather.
• Keep clothes dry by wearing water and wind resistant clothing and footwear.
• Eat well-balanced meals, ensure adequate intake of liquids and avoid alcoholic beverages.
Dehydration increases risk of cold stress.
• Have wann shelter available and implement work-rest schedules.
• Monitor yourself and others for changes in physical and mental condition.
ReviS<.-d 11/1999
C:\J,,fy l)ocum,-1nslll&S\t'i.dJMa"Rrv~WO doc
FLD06-4
I
I
I
R
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• If wearing a face protector, remove it periodically to check for frostbite.
• Never touch cold metal with bare hands.
The following guidelines should be used when working in air temperatures below 401F:
• When cold surfaces below -7°C (19.4°F) arc within reach, a warning should be given to each
worker by the SHSC to prevent inadvertent coo tact by bare skin.
• If the air temperature is -17.5°C (0°F) or less, the hands should be protected by mittens. Machine
controls and tools for use in cold conditions should be designed so that they can be handled
without removing the mittens.
Provisions for additional total body protection are required if work is pcrfonned in an environment at or
below 4°C (39.2°F). Workers should wear cold-protective clothing appropriate for the level of cold and
physical activity:
• If the air velocity at the job site is increased by wind, dratl, or artificial ventilation, the cooling
effect of the wind should be reduced by shielding the work area or by wearing an easily removable
windbreak garment.
• If only light work is involved and if the worker's clothing may become wet on the job site, the
outer layer of the clothing in use may be of a type impem1eable to water. With more severe work
under such conditions, the outer layer should be water repellent, and the outerwear should be
changed as it becomes wetted. The outer gannents should include provisions for easy ventilation
to prevent wetting of inner layers by sweat. If work is done at nonnal temperahires or in a hot
environment before entering the cold area, the employee should make sure that clothing is not wet
as a consequence of sweating. If clothing is wet, the employee should change into dry clothes
before entering the cold. Workers should change socks and any removable felt insoles at regular
daily intervals, or use vapor barrier boots. ll1e optimal frequency of change should be determined
empirically and will vary individually and according to the type of shoe worn and how much the
individual's feet sweat.
• If the available clothing does not give adequate protection to prevent hypothcnnia or frostbite,
work should be modified or suspended until adequate clothing is made available or until weather
conditions improve.
• Workers handling evaporative liquid (gasoline, alcohol, or cleaning fluids) at air temperatures
below 4°C (39.2°F) should take special precautions to avoid soaking clothing or gloves with the
liquid because of the added danger of cold injury due to evaporative cooling.
Work/Warming Regimen
If work is perfonned continuously in the cold at an equivalent chill temperature (ECT) or below -7 °C
( l 9.4°F), heated wanning shelters, tents, cabins, and break rooms should be made available nearby.
Workers should be encouraged to use these shelters at regular intervals, frequency depending on the
severity of the environmental exposure. The onset of heavy shivering, frostnip, the feeling of excessive
fatigue, drowsiness, irritability, or euphoria are indications for immediate return to the shelter. When
Revised J l/lY99
C':\My l>o~u=,1s\l l,'CcS\J'id<lManRn8200 dor
FLD06-5
I
H
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
entering the heated shelter, the outer layer of clothing should be removed and the remainder of the
clothing loosened to permit sweat evaporation, or the worker should change into dry clothing to avoid
returning to work in wet clothing. Dehydration, or the loss of body fluids, occurs insidiously in a cold
environment and may increase the susceptibility of workers to cold injury due to a significant change in
blood flow to the extremities. Wann sweet drinks and soups should be provide.Lit the work site to
provide caloric intake and fluid replacement. The intake of caffcinated drinks should be limited because
of the diuretic and circulatory effects.
For work practices at or below-l2°C (10.4°F) ECT, the following should apply:
• The worker should be under constant protective observation (buddy system or supervision).
• The work rate should not be so high as to cause heavy sweating that will result in wet clothing. If
heavy work must be done, rest periods must be taken in heated shelters and opportunities to
change into dry clothing should be provided.
• New employees should not be required to work full-time in the cold during the first days of
employment until they become accustomed to the working conditions and the use of required
protective clothing.
• The weight and bulkiness of clothing should be included m estimating the required work
perfom1ance and weights to be lifted by the worker.
• The work should be arranged in such a way that sitting or standing still for long periods 1s
minimized. The worker should be protected from drafts to the greatest extent possible.
• The workers should be instructed in safety and health procedures. The training program should
include, as a minimum, instruction in:
Proper rewam1ing procedures and appropriate first aid treatment.
Proper use of clothing.
Proper cat ing and drinking habits.
Recognition of signs and symptoms of impending hypothcnnia or excessive cooling of the
body, even when shivering does not occur.
Safe work practices.
Revised 11/1999
FLD06-6
- - - - - - - - - - - -·--!!!!!!I !!!!! . = -liil
Table 1
Cooling Power of Wind on Exposed Flesh Expressed as Equivalent Temperature*
Actual Temperature Reading (F)
Estimated Wind 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60
Speed (mph)
Equivalent Chill Temperature (°F)
Calm 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 I -30 -40 -50 -60
5 48 37 27 16 6 -5 -15 -26 -36 -47 -57 -68
10 40 28 16 4 -9 -24 I -33 -46 -58 -10 I -83 -95
15 36 22 9 -5 -18 I -32 -45 -58 -72 I -85 -99 -112
20 32 18 4 -JO -25 -39 -53 -67 I -82 -96 -1 I 0 -121
25 30 16 0 -15 -29 -44 -59 -74 -88 -104 .-1 I 8 -133
30 28 13 -2 -18 -33 -48 -63 -79 -94 -109 -125 -140
35 27 I I -4 -20 -35 -51 -67 -82 -98 -113 -129 -145
40 26 10 -6 -21 -37 -53 -69 -85 -JOO -116 -132 -148
(Wind speeds LITTLE DANGER INCREASING DAJ"IGER GREAT DANGER
greater than 40 mph In < I hour with dry skin. Danger from freezing of Flesh may freeze within 30 seconds. have little additional
effect.) Maximum danger of false exposed flesh within I
sense of securitv. minute.
Trenchfoot and immersion foot may occur at any point on this chart. 'f' '
• Developed by U.S. Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA.
Revised I i/!999
C:IMy DocumcntolH&S\Fie 1dManRcv5200.doc
FLD06-7
--------------_. m!!!!!I -I!!!!! -mm -~ --== -· =a
EQUIV ALENTCHILL. ·_·. '·
TEMPERATURE .
-25° to -30°F
-31 ° to -35°F
-36° to -40°F
-41° to-45°F
S-46°F
Table 2
Cold Work/Warmup Schedule for 4-Hour Shifts,
MAXIMUM
WORK.PEIUOD
Normal
75 minutes
55 minutes
40 minutes
30 minutes
Stop work
FLD06-8
NO.OF
BREAKS
I
2
3
4
5
Stop work
Revised I 1/1999
I
D
H
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLI)08 CONFINED SPAC~: ENTRY PROGRAM
(Final revision 11/8/1999)
GENERAL
A confined space is any space having:
• a limited or restricted means of entry or exit,·
Return to top
• large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned
activities, and
• conditions not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
Confined spaces can subject personnel to the accumulation of toxic or flammable contaminants,
contain physical hazards, or have an oxygen-deficient atmosphere. This program contains
requirements, practices, and procedures which must be followed in order to protect WESTON
employees from the hazards associated with entry to confined spaces.
This operating procedure, in conjunction with other procedures in WESTON's written Health and
Safety Program, constitutes WESTON's written Confined Space Program. Due to the complexity and
various types of confined spaces encountered by WESTON personnel this program must be augmented
by site-specific procedures and hazards when confined space hazards and configurations are known.
Additional information regarding confined space entry can be found in 29 CFR 1926.21, 29 CFR
1910.146 and NIOSH 80-106. Compliance with the conditions of this operating practice and any
additional, more restrictive, requirements issued by state or local governments or clients constitute the
minimum acceptable actions in WESTON's Confincd_Spacc Program.
REFERENCES
29 CFR 1910.146
29 CFR 1926.21
Standard Operating Practice 11-01-006 Hazardous Materials Training Program
FLO 09 Hot Work
FLO 042 Lock out/ Tag out
Responsibilities
Project Manager or Site Manager: The Project Manager (PM) or Site Manager (SM) shall ensure that
WESTON personnel and subcontractor personnel comply with the requirements of this program and
have the necessary resources to assure compliance. The PM or SM must conduct periodic evaluation
of confined space entry activities to ensure compliance with this procedure and must review pennits
within IO working days after the entry is completed. The PM or SM must review each Notice of
Incident or Near-Incident that is related to a confined space entry on his/her project within 24 hours of
the date of the report. Any conditions noted during these reviews that
Rcvisc<l 11/1999
C:\My Do,;umrru\ll.tS'1'idJManRn8:'00 doc-
FLD08-I
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
indicate a need to revise this procedure will be immediately reported in writing to the Corporate Health
and Safety Director.
Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC): The SHSC shall assist the PM or Site Manager by
providing technical support for implementation of this procedure. :~-----
Corporate Health and Safety (CHS) Director: The CHS Director or his dcsignecs shall revise and
maintain this procedure, as necessary. This procedure will be revised when regulatory changes or
project conditions warrant potential changes. Project conditions that indicate the need for revision of
this procedure will be brought to the attention of the CHS Director by PMs or SMs who note
shortcomings during their reviews of site entries and entry permits on their projects. This continuous
review process will meet the regulatory requirement for at least an annual review of the confined space
entry program.
Confined Space Entrant: Specific duties required of the confined space entrant arc as follows:
• Know and understand the hazards of the spcci fie confined space.
• Use the equipment required properly for safe entry.
• Communicate with the attendant as necessary and/or required.
• Alert the attendant immediately if any warning signs or symptoms of exposure arc
detected, or any condition not allowed by the permit (prohibited condition) is detected.
• Comply with the requirements of this procedure and any applicable confined space entry
pcnnits.
• Exit from the space immediately if an order to evacuate is given by the attendant or entry
supervisor, the entrant recognizes any warning signs or symptoms of exposure, he entrant
detects a prohibited condition, or an evacuation alarm is activated.
Confined Space Attendant: Specific duties of the confined space attendant are as follows:
• Know and understand the hazards that may be faced during entry, including infonnation
on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of exposure to atmospheric hazards
and the types and injury potential of physical hazards anticipated.
• Know possible behavioral effects of exposure to hazards in the space.
• Remain outside the space during entry operations until relieved by another qualified
attendant.
• Communicate with entrants as necessary to monitor entrant status and alert entrants of the
need to evacuate the space if necessary.
• Maintain an accurate count of and document the identity of all personnel in the space.
• Ensure unauthorized personnel do not enter the space or pcrfonn activities that may
increase the risk to entrants. Inform the authorized entrants and confined space
supervisor if unauthorized personnel enter the confined space.
Kcvist,I 11/1999
C.\My ["lo.·unn11slll&S\FidJManRcv8200 dtx:
FLD08-2
g
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Monitor the activities and conditions inside the space, and provide external assistance to
those in the space. The attendant will have no other duties which may distract his
attention from the work or require him to leave his post at the confined space at any time
while personnel arc in the space.
• Maintain some form of contact with all personnel in the confined space. Visual contact is
preferred, if possible. Additional communications would include a 2-way radio, voice, or
video. The attendant shall be constantly aware of possible behavioral ,ffccts due to
hazard exposure to entrants.
• Be knowledgeable in the method for contacting rescue personnel and immediately initiate
those contacts in the even\ of an emergency. All communications equipment and rescue
equipment (if required) will be available and in working condition at all times personnel
arc within the space.
• Order pcrsom1el within the space to exit immediately if irregularities within the space are
detected by the observer. Such irregularities would include subtle behavioral changes in
entrants, changes in speech patterns, variations in established communications
procedures, and inappropriate actions by unauthorized personnel.
• NEVER enter the confined space in the event of an emergency prior to summoning
emergency/rescue services and contacting and receiving assistance from a helper. A
properly qualified helper shall be available to provide assistance to the confined space
attendant in case the observer mus\ enter the confined space lo retrieve personnel.
• Prior to the arrival of assistance or a replacement certified attendant, the attendant should
attempt to remove personnel with the lifeline and to perform all other rescue functions
from outside the space.
Confined Space Entry Supervisor: The entry supervisor performs oversight and verification activities
to ensure that entry requirements are fully implemented. Specific duties of the entry supervisor are as
follows:
• Know and understand the hazards that may be faced during entry, including information
on the mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of exposure to atmospheric hazards
and the types and injury potential of physical hazards anticipated.
• Verify that all entries on the pennit have been completed, all monitoring/testing has been
conducted, and all procedures and equipment necessary to effect safe entry are in place
prior to endorsing the pennit and allowing the entry to begin.
• Terminate the entry and cancel the permit as required upon completion of task, expiration
of the permit time-frame, or upon evacuation of the space due to unforeseen
circumstances or emergency situations.
• Verify that emergency/rescue services are available and that the means for summoning
them arc operable.
Re\·ise<l 11/1999
C':\My lh>rurnrr1,lll&S\f'icldManR~v8:.'00 do.-
FLD08-3
I
I
u
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Remove or arrange for removal of unauthorized personnel who enter or attempt to enter
the space during entry operations.
• Ensure that entry operations remain consistent with the acceptable entry conditions and
pem1it requirements at all times. ;;·-·
• Tum over to the PM or SM canceled Confined Space Entry Permits (CSEPs) for review,
follow -up with the CHS Director as necessary, and placement in the project_ files.
The duties of the attendant and supervisor may be assigned to a single individual as long as that person
is adequately trained and equipped to pcrfonn each duty. When necessary, more than one person will
be used.
Recognition and Risk Assessment
Confined spaces can include, but are not limited to storage tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers,
ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipelines, and open-top spaces
more than 4 feet in depth such as pits, tubs, vaults, and vessels.
Entering confined spaces presents many health and safety hazards if not pcrfonned properly. These
hazards include asphyxiation, falls, burns, drowning, engulfment, toxic exposure, and electrocution. A
confined space represents the potential for unusually high concentrations of contaminants, explosive
atmospheres, limited visibility, physical injury, and restricted movement.
Initial Procedure for All Confined Spaces
I. The PM or SM will coordinate with the client to identify local confined spaces and hazards
associated with these spaces. In the event subcontractors will enter confined spaces under
WESTON control, verification of training and regulatory compliance will be made prior to any
entry operation. Lockable doors, gates, grates, or other effective measures shall be implemented to
prevent unauthorized entry into any confined space identified at a WESTON site.
2. When possible, confined spaces are to be identified with a posted sign which reads: "DANGER -
PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE -DO NOT ENTER". WESTON operations (e.g.,
incinerators, water or waste treatment facilities) which contain confined spaces meeting the
definition under this procedure must be posted as described.
3. No task involving entry to a confined space may begin until an initial evaluation is made of the
hazards a·ssociated with the space and the results documented. This initial evaluation will be
completed without entering the space. The Confined Space Entry Pennit (CSEP) forrn, or an
equivalent fonnat, must be used to document the initial evaluation. A copy of the forrn is provided
in Attachment I. The CSEP form must also be used to document on-going evaluations and
monitoring of the conditions within the confined space, and must be reissued at the beginning of
each shift during which work will be performed in the space.
4. Only personnel trained and knowledgeable of the requirements of these confined space entry
procedures will be authorized to conduct or supervise initial evaluations. Natural ventilation shall
be provided in the confined space prior to initial evaluation.
Revis1:d 11/1999
C:\My Do,;urocnnlll,tS\J'icltlManRcvt:200.tlt><"
FLD08-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
D
I
I
5. Remote atmospheric testing of the confined
following monitoring:
space during the initial evaluation will include the
• Verification of oxygen content.
• Verification of non-flammable, non-explosive atmosphere.
• Verification of potential or known air contaminant concentrations ( ensure that levels are
within the acceptable entry criteria for the planned level of protection).
6. In addition, the confined space and its surroundings will be physically inspected and the following
conditions will be specifically identified and noted:
• Potential sources of en1c,'l1lfment by liquid or solid materials,
• Internal configurations or conditions that could trap or asphyxiate entrants, or
• Other recognizable safety or health hazards.
7. Based on the results of the initial evaluation, the space will be identified as one of the following
three types of confined spaces:
• Permit-Required Confined Spaces,
•Conditional Entry Confined Space, and
• Non-Pern1it Entry Confined Spaces.
Definitions are provided for each type in the following section, along with the applicable procedures and
precautions for entry to the space.
Permit-Required Confined Space Procedures
A permit-required confined space 1s defined as any confined space that has one or more_ of the
following characteristics:
a. Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere. Hazardous
atmosphere means an atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death,
incapacitation, impainnent of ability to self-rescue, injury, or acute illness from one or
more of the following causes:
• Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10% of it's lower explosive level
(LEL);
• Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds it's LEL;
• Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5%;
• Atmospheric concentration of any substance with a published exposure value
in excess of it's dose or pennissible exposure limit;
Revised 11/1999
FLD08-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
I
I
• Any other atmospheric condition that 1s immediately dangerous to life or
health (IDLH).
b. Contains a material that has the potential to engulf an entrant,
c. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by
inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller
cross-section; or
d. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.
The following conditions and requirements apply when entering permit-required confined spaces:
I. Evaluate the job to be done and identify the potential hazards before a job in a confined space is
scheduled.
2. Ensure that all process piping, mechanical and electrical equipment, and other items as necessary
have been disconnected, purged, or hlanked-off as necessary. Sources of hazardous energy ( e.g.,
electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic or mechanical energy which could be activated in any area of the
confined space) must be identified, tagged, and locked-out prior to anyone entering a confined
space. Lockout/tagout procedures must be documented in the CSEP.
3. The contents of any confined space shall, where feasible, be removed prior to entry. If possible,
ensure removal of any materials from the space that may produce toxic or air displacing gases,
vapors, or dust. All sources of ignition must be eliminated prior to entry. Smoking in confined
spaces is prohibited.
4. Ensure that any hot work (welding, burning, open flames, or spark-producing operation) that is to
be perfom1ed in the confined space has been approved, documented on a Hot Work Pennit, and
indicated on the CSEP. For hot work perfonned in confined spaces, no combustible or flammable
gases or vapors and no concentrations of combustible dusts may be evident.
5. Ensure that the confined space is ventilated before starting work and for the duration of the time
that the work is to be perfonned in the space, unless limited by design.
6. Ensure that the personnel who enter the confined space, the entry supervisor, and the confined
space attendants have completed required training and arc familiar with the contents/conditions in
the space, the pennit requirements, and the requirements of this procedure.
7. Ensure that specialized communication equipment, personal protective equipment, and rescue
services are available, operating appropriately, and used as required by the pem1it. Ensure that
training in the use of the specialized equipment has been completed and documented for the
appropriate personnel. (Refer to sections of this procedure that address training and rescue
services.)
8. A Confined Space Entry Permit (CSEP) must be issued prior to the performance of any work
within the confined space. The CSEP must either be posted at the confined space or available with
the attendant. The CSEP shall be canceled by the Entry Supervisor al the completion of the job or
the end of the shift, whichever is first. Upon tcnnination, the CSEP will be reviewed by the PM or
SM and will become a part of the permanent and oflicial record of the site. Only trained personnel
Revised 11/1999
C:\My l)oc-nnrn11\IU:S\f' i.-ldil.bnRn 8200 do<-
FLD08-6
I
I
0
u
I
I,
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
who arc knowledgeable of the requirements of these confined space entry procedures will be
authorized to enter a confined space (authorized entrant), be a confined space attendant (attendant),
or supervise the entry ( entry supervisor).
9. If a hazardous atmosphere is suspected or known and if remote testing of all'iircas of the confined
space is not possible, Level B personal protective equipment (PPE) is required. A monitor for
oxygen content and combustible gases will be carried into the confined space with the entry team.
Periodic and/or continuous monitoring for lc'lels of other atmospheric contaminants must be
conducted hy the attendant or the entry team as appropriate.
I 0. If positive/forced mechanical ventilation is used to achieve an acceptable atmosphere, care must be
taken to prevent the spread of contamination outside of the enclosed area. Chemicals and toxic
materials shall be removed from the vicinity of the air inlet to prevent their introduction into the
confined space.
11. Intrinsically-safe equipment (instrnments, lighting, etc.)will be used if actual or potential
flammable or explosive conditions may exist in the confined space.
12. Hand tools used in confined spaces shall be in good repair and selected according to intended use.
13. Hand-held lights and other illumination utilized in pennit-requircd confined spaces shall be
equipped with guards to prevent contact with the bulb.
14. Compressed gas cylinders, except cylinders used for self-contained breathing apparatus, shall not
be taken into confined spaces. Gas hoses shall be removed from the space and the supply turned
off at the cylinder valve when personnel exit from the confined space.
15. Safety belts, body harnesses, and lifelines must be used unless a determination can be made that
use of Jhe retrieval system increases risk to the entrant and will not assist in retrieval. . For critry
into vertical _type permit-required confined spaces greater than 5 feet deep, a mechanical device
must be available to retrieve personnel. The attendant shall be provided with appropriate
equipment for emergency response, communication, and rescue purposes, and shall be trained in
the use of the equipment.
16. Self-contained breathing apparatus or NIOSH-approvcd airline respirators equipped with a
minimum 5-minutc emergency air supply (egress bottle) shall be used in confined spaces which
cannot be completely characterized or monitored, with conditions determined immediately
dangerous to life and health, or meeting the conditions requiring Level B protective equipment.
17. Vehicles shall not be left rnnning near confined space work or near air-moving equipment being
used for confined space ventilation.
18. Any deviation from these Confined Space Entry Procedures requires the prior permission of the
Project Manager.
l'crmit-Re1p1ired Confined Space-Conditional Entry Procedure
Conditional entry to a Pcnnit-Requircd Confined Space may be made without full compliance with the
pcnnit-requircd confined space criteria under the following conditions if forced air ventilation is used
and shown to control all hazards in the space:
Rcvisc<l 11/1999
FLD0S-7
I
I
u
I
I,
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
• The space only poses the hazard of an actual or potential hazardous atmosphere, not
hazards associated with engulfment, entrapment or asphyxiation, or other recognizable
safety or health risks,
• It is demonstrated and documented that continuous forced ventilation int(i'.'ihe immediate
areas occupied by workers will maintain safe entry conditions,
• There is no hazardous atmosphere within the space whenever employees are inside.
Frequent monitoring must continue to show that the atmosphere is coniinually at or
below one-half of the published exposure value for any contaminant,
• If a hazardous atmosphere develops: I) the space must be immediately evacuated, 2) the
space must be evaluated to determine how hazards developed and 3) measures must be
implemented to ensure employee safety prior to subsequent entry.
Monitoring and documentation arc required prior to implementation of this option. If the above
conditions can be met, entry can be made without following steps 7, 11, and 16 from the Pcnnit-
Rcquircd Entry procedure. Specialized personal protective equipment, outside communications, and
rescue service must not be required for conditional entry.
These types of confined spaces may, after initial monitoring and evaluation, also be entered without
attendant oversight and for extended time-periods, as necessary. Monitoring to verify the continued
presence of a safe atmosphere must be maintained. Allowance for entry under these conditions must
be indicated in the Health and Safety Plan (HASP).
Should any condition arise within the confined space that is contrary to the allowable conditions, all
entrants must leave the space. Re-entry is allowed only under full pcnnit requirements or upon
correction of conditions leading to non-compliance.
Non-Permit Entry Confined Space Procedure
Under the following conditions a confined space may be entered without full compliance with the
permit-required confined space criteria. These criteria are allowed only if the space meets the
following conditions without employing forced air ventilation:
a. It has no actual or potential hazardous atmosphere.
b. Any other hazard(s) within the space are eliminated without entry into the space.
c. The space is monitored and documentation maintained to verify that no hazardous
atmosphere is evident. (Note: the use of forced ventilation does not constitute
elimination of atmospheric hazards.)
d. If entry into the space must be made to eliminate all hazards, the entry must be made
under full pem1it requirements.
Under WESTON's Non-Permit Entry Criteria, if the above conditions can be met, entry can be made
without the following: ( I) specialized personal protective equipment, (2) outside communications, and
(3) rescue service compliance. Compliance with all other provisions of the pcm1it must be maintained.
Rc\'iscd 11/1999
C.\My [)<,,n,mcn1~\ll!<S\Firld1'hnRn82t>O ,k><"
FLD0S-8
I
I
D
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I.
I
I
These types of confined spaces may, after initial monitoring and evaluation, also be entered without
attendant oversight and for extended time-periods, as necessary. Allowance for entry under these
conditions must be indicated in the Health and Safety Plan (HASP).
Should any condition arise within the confined space that is contrary to the allowable conditions, all
entrants must leave the space. Re-entry is allowed only under full permit requirements or upon
correction of conditions leading to non-compliance.
Rescue and Emergency Operntions
The Health and Safety Plan must indicate names and phone numbers of rescue and medical response
agencies or personnel. It must be determined prior to on-site entry operations whether entry rescue or
non-entry rescue will be required. In the event that entry rescue is necessary, an evaluation of off-site
responders (e.g., local fire department teams) or the use of on-site or employee rescue teams will be
made by the SI-ISC an(l/or Entry Supervisor.
Technical capabilities of any off-site responders must be evaluated and the ability to respond within
necessary time-frames must be documented. Off-site responders must be allowed the option of visiting
the site and evaluating the confined spaces prior to entry activities.
Should it be decided that WESTON personnel on-site will perform entry rescue, those personnel must
be trained specifically in accordance with the hazards, configuration of the confined spaces
encountered, and equipment to be used. Site-specific training and rescue procedures will be
documented and implemented.
Entry Rescue
The following criteria apply to personnel who will perfonn emergency rescue operations within
confined spaces. In addition, minimal equipment required to be worn by entrants for efficient rescue
will be indicated.
• All rescue personnel shall be trained to perfonn assigned duties. Training shall consist
minimally of that afforded to entrants, attendants and supervisors.
• All rescue personnel will be provided with and trained to use properly, the personal
protective e11uipment and rescue equipment necessary for making rescues from
confined spaces.
• All rescue personnel will practice making confined space rescues at least once every
12 months.
• Each member of the rescue team will be trained in CPR and first aid. At least one member will I hold current certification.
,·
I
I
I
Non-Entry Rescue
In order to facilitate non-entry rescue, retrieval systems or methods will be used whenever an
authorized entrant enters a pennit-rcquired confined space, unless the use of retrieval equipment would
increase the overall risk of entry or would not contribute to the rescue of the entrant. Entry procedures
which propose not to use retrieval equipment must be idcnti ficd and approved within the health and
safety plan. Retrieval systems will meet the following requirements:
Revised 11/1999
FU)0S-9
I
D
D
I ,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Each entrant will use either a chest or a full-body, harness, properly worn with the
retrieval line attached at the center of the entrants back.
• Wristlets may be used in lieu of the chest or full-body harness if it can b_c demonstrated
that the use of the harness is not feasible or creates a greater hazard -~
• The end of the retrieval line outside of the confined space must be attached to a
mechanical device or a fixed point outside tire permit space so that non-entry rescue can
he initiated as soon as necessary.
• A mechanical device must be available to retrieve personnel from vertical type permit
spaces more than 5 feet deep.
Minimal equipment required for non-entry rescue is as follows:
• First aid kit.
• Full body harness and retrieval line.
• Retrieval device ( optional based upon depth and con figuration of space).
• Communications equipment to outside assistance (on-or off-site).
Training
Prior to allowing any employee to enter confined spaces, trammg and certification of training
proficiency must be provided. All employees involved in confined space entry, whether as authorized
entrants, attendants, rescuers or entry supervisors, will receive training designed to provide know_lcdgc,
skills, and competence necessary for the safe pcrfonnance of duties assigned during confined· space
evaluation and entry. Training shall be provided to all affected employees as follows:
• Prior to performing assigned duties.
• Prior to a change in assigned duties.
• Whenever the confined space presents a hazard to which the affected employees have not
been trained.
• Whenever there is evidence of deviation from the established procedure or evidence that
procedures arc not protective of the affected employees.
WESTON will ensure that all participants receive training that will combine and indicate proficiency,
allowing personnel to function as entrants, attendants and supervisors.
Minimal training criteria for entrants, attendants, and supervisors arc as follows:
• Knowledge of the hazards that may be faced during entry including information on the
mode, signs or symptoms, and consequences of exposure.
Revised 11/1999
C:\M >" I >oo:im<nlslll.'I; S\1-idJhfanR.v8200 doc
FLD08-10
I
0
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Knowledge of and demonstrated proficiency in the perfonnance of the duties as
appropriate for the role of the employee in the entry process (entrant, attendant, or
supervisor).
• Use, mnintcnnnce, and calibration of monitoring instrumentation .
• Use of ventilation equipment.
• Use of communication equipment.
• Use of personal protective equipment appropriate.
• Use and selection of lighting equipment.
• Use and selection of barriers and/or shields necessary to prevent the entry of
unauthorized personnel or adverse conditions into the space.
• Use and selection of ingress and q,>Tess equipment.
• Use and selection of rescue and emergency equipment.
• Use and selection of any specialized or other equipment needed for sale entry and rescue
from the confined space.
Entry supervisors will also complete WESTON's 8-hour course for Site Health and Safety
Coordinators.
Rescue practice/proficiency training for rescue personnel will have been conducted no more than 12
months prior to the date of any entry they participate in. Rescue personnel will complete the trnining
required for entrants, attendants, and supervisors, as described -above. In addition, students will
demonstrate proficiency in use of personal protective equipment and rescue equipment necessary to
remove entrants from anticipated confined spaces. Mock rescue exercises utilizing dummies,
mannequins, or actual persons will be conducted to ensure that rescue personnel arc knowledgeable
and proficient in conducting safe and effective rescues.
Rccords/Rcports/N ot i fie at ion
The original of the Confined Space Entry Permit must be available for review by employees during
entry operations, forwarded to the SM or PM for review upon termination of the permit, and
maintained in the project files upon completion of the manager's review.
Revised I J/1999
C:IMy Doc1mx-n11\ll.tS\ritldManRtvSWO dor
FLD0S-11
I
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTON CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
TABLE I DESCRIPTION
LOCATION: ________ CLIENT: ______________ WO#: ------.~--~-~-----
DESCRil'TION OF CONFINED SPACE: --------'-----------------------
PURPOSE OF ENTRY:-----------------------------------
DATE/TIME OF PERJ\.IIT ISSUE: ==-cc--=cccccc=ccc DATE/TIME OF EXPIRATION: ____________ _
HAZARDS IDENTIFIED DURING INITIAL EVALUATION:
PERMIT REQUIRED: ___ CONDITIONAL ENTRY: NON-PERMIT ENTRY: (Cl IECK ONE)
TABLE I MEASURES USED TO ISOLATE SYSTEM AND PROTECT PERSONNEL
ITEM YES NO N/A ITEM YES NO
Space Jr.lined and cleaned as much ;is possible Portable cknrical tools b'Toundcd and s;ifc
condition
All lines bLmkcd or valves dosccl ;md locked out Moniloring instnunrn1s calihratc-d ;,nd available
Sy:;tcms (dcctrictl/mcch:mical/01her) lockout, Cnmmuni(ations available for cntr.1n1s and
ragout protn tcd al!rndants (specify)
Spa<.:c pur~d am! ,·cntilaud IO provide s:afr wm k Commun.ic3tions availahle for emergency
comfoions as5istance (specify)
Arca secure and pmtcd Fir..t aid kit available
Re5pir.,1ory protection n·<piirnl (if w, imlicate Ronn: c(111ipmcnt av.iibblc (specify)
type)
Lcvd of Pwt<-rtion App10pria1e (spt·cify level) Fire extinguisher available (specify)
Low voltage or explosion-proof lighting provided Wdding/Cu11ing Pennit mpUred? 1\tuch 10
(as necessa1y) CSE permit
Tripod, mechanical hoist av:.i.ilab!e and used
Safety shower :md eyew.ish :ivaibble
1\ttemb.n1 1nined and prupcil}' e,piipped Other.
Rescue harness and lifelines available and used Othn;
N/A
Revisetl 11/1999
C\My Docn11,..m,111,tS\fitlll~bnRnS200 doc
FLD0S-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ill. PRECAUTIONS N/A YES
TABLE I EXTERNAL SOURCE ISOLATION (PUMPS. LINES, PIPES BLINDED,
BLOCKED, OR DISCONNECTED) )
2. FORCE_D VENTILATION REQUIRED, FANS, BLOWERS OPERATIONAL.
) ( ) ( )
3. MONITORING INSTRUMENTS:
)
PIO
FID
CGI / Q MONITOR
(
) (
) (
4. EOUIPMENT:COMMUNICATION -___________ _
)
)
) (
)
HARNESSES, LIFELINES -__________ _
HOIST, TRI-POD -____________ _
AIRLINES, SCBAS -___________ _
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING -__________ _
) ( ) (
TABLE I ACTION LEVELS FOR THIS ENTRY
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Condition % Oxygen Flammable (% LEL) Toxics (organic) 'foxics (inorganic)
Max. Conccntrntion or 19.5 to 23.5 Less than 10 %
Range
TABLE I MONITORINGANDTESTINGRESULTS
No
) ( )
) )
)
)
( (
(
( )
( )
)
Monitoring conducted by (print name): _________________________ _
Tcsts\Timc
Oxygen
LEL
OVA
l·INU
Monitox
Draeger
Othn
Othc.
Revised 11/1999
C\M}' Do<Um<rls\tl&S\fidJManRrv!!:'00 doc
FLD08-14
)
)
)
)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE I RESCUE AND EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS:
Fire Dcp:mmcnt: Police Dcp:irtmcm:
Ambubncc: _____________________ _ -.---...,_.-.
r-.1cdicaJ: -------~'---------
Specify communications available and location: ___________________________ _
TABLE I DOCUMENTATION
TAU LE I Entry team members (please print):
I. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
,1. 9.
s. 10.
TABLE I Confined Space Anendant (ple1.se print):
C. Permit reviewed and approved by Confmcrl Space Entry Supervisor (print and sign, date and time):
__________________ / _____________________ _
D. Permit termin:1ted by Confined Space Entry Supervisor (signature, date and time):
__________________ / _____________________ _
TABLE I Reason for tennination:
·r ABLE I Comments:
Note: The orit,>inal of this permit must be avaibble during entry operations, forwarded to the Site Manager or Project M:mager
upon tcnnination for review, and must be maintained in the project files upon completion.
Revised 11/1999
FLD08-l 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD09
GENERAL
HOT WORK
Return to top
Tasks that produce heat, sparks, or energy sufficient to serve as an ignition sourc0f:e., hot work) may
not begin in any work location that could potentially have ignitable atmospheres until a Hot Work
Protection Procedure has been instituted and a Hot Work Permit has been issued. Examples of hot
work include welding, cutting, burning, soldering, grinding, use of power tools, _and use of internal
combustion engines.
PROCEDURE
Many operating facilities or clients will have their own internal hot work pcnnitting practices.
WESTON will use whichever is more conservative. The Site Manager and the Site Health and Safety
Coordinator (SHSC) must approve the use of a client's hot work permiiting procedures.
The Site Health and Safety Coordinator is responsible for issuing hot work permits. Permits must be
reissued at the beginning of each day, or each work shill. Expired hot work permits must be submitted
to the Site Manager for his review prior to being retained as part of the site or project file. The Site
Manager will note any incidents or near-incidents involving hot work during his review of the expired
permits, and contact the corporate Health and Safety Director with recommendations for modifications
of this procedure, ifneeessary.
The Site Manager is responsible for inspecting the site, determining the need for a Hot Work Permit
Procedure, and ensuring that workers at the site are notified and instructed of the requirement for, need
for, and procedures for obtaining hot work permits.
A fire-watch is required for every activity where hot work could result in other than a minor fire due to
ignition of combustibles.· Fire extinguishing equipment commensurate with the ignitable material and
training level of the fire-watch must be immediately available at the hot work location.
A combustible gas meter must be used to survey the hot work location and then must be !ell to
constantly monitor the air between the llammable material and the immediate vicinity of the hot work.
A survey of the area to identify any atmospheric conditions that may be toxic or that could be
decomposed by the hot work.
Welding or cutting on closed systems such as tanks and pipelines must be specifically approved by the
appropriate safety professional.
Revised 11/1999
C:\My ll<>< unr,n\l l&S\fieklManR~,11100 ,~..-
FLD09-I
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
••
I
I
I
' I
HOT WORK PERMIT
The Site Manager and the Site Health and Safety Coordinator have surveyed the site and found the
following Hot Work conditions exist and will require pennitting at
Welding EleGtrical equipment, fixed
Cutting Electrical equipment, portable
Use of power tools Electrical equipment, hand-held
Space heaters Others
PRE-WORK CH~:CKLIST YES NO N/A
All items must be completed for Permit to be valid
Work area inspected by SSO prior to hot work beginning?
Fire-watch established? Name:
Fire extinguisher appropriate for media/readily accessible?
Work area clear of all trash and combustible debris/equipment properly
grounded?
Area in which hot work is to be pcrfonned has been monitored for combustible
atmosphere?
Will combustible gas indicator(s) be used constantly during hot work?
lfno, why?:
List additional personal protective equipment worn:
Welding or cutting on closed systems prohibited?
Closed system cutting procedures?
Date __ / __ / __ Time_~--Penn it Expiration Time __ :
Certification of SHSC that hot work may commence Yes □No ON/A □
Signature:
Revised 11/1999
C":\My l>ocumrnulll!<S\Iirld1'bnR.-v8200 d,,c
FLD09-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Objects to be manually handled must be checked for contact hazards prior to beginning movement, and to
ensure handling will not trap hands, arms, legs, or feet between the object and other objects, walls, or
railings.
;~--Properly trained personnel may roll heavy objects with a round base such as· 55 gallon drums or
compressed gas cylinders, if rolling will not damage the structural integrity. Rolling must be controlled
by chutes, tag-lines, or other means of limiting acceleration. Use of the legs for pushing and tag-line
control of rolled objects must be stressed.
Only properly trained personnel may move cylindrical objects which must remain upright by hand.
Cylindrical objects, such as drums that must remain upright, are handled manually by slightly tilting the
object, using the legs for control, and balancing the object on the bottom edge. The handler then walks
beside the object, with the object tilted toward the body, positioning the hands on the top edge away from
the body and moving so they do not cross, thus maintaining balance and a steady controlled forward
motion.
Prior lo moving cylindrical objects in this way, the route of travel must be walked to identify any changes
of elevation, pot holes, or other obstructions that could cause the object to snag, tip, or get out of control.
Flat, square, or rectangular objects are most easily handled using make-shift rollers or skids to break the
friction with the resting surface and pushing, using the legs.
Revised I J/1999
FLDI0-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLO JI ROUGH TERRAIN
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD02-!nclement Weather
FU) 15 -Remote Areas
Hazard
Return to top
Physical hazards associated with rough terrain include vehicle accidents, falling, slipping, and tripping.
Driving vehicles on uneven surfaces creates a possibility of the vehicle rolling, getting stuck in mud or
ditches, or of an accident due to flat tires or striking obstacles and other vehicles. Falling is a potential
hazard when working near mountain cliffs or steep inclines. Steep surfaces covered with heavy vegetation
and undergrowth create tripping hazards. 1-Ieavy or downed vegetation can hide holes or breaks in the
terrain, which increase risk of falls or vehicle accidents.
Recognition and Risk Assessment
Rough terrain complicates work activities and adds or increases risk. In the planning stages of a project,
rough terrain must be considered as a physical hazard. Risk assessment is usually accomplished from site
history inforrnation (i.e., site topography) and onsite by the Site Health and Safety Coordinator (SHSC).
Hazard Prevention and Protection Programs
Hazard prevention can be achieved by ensuring regular maintenance is perforrned on vehicles. In order to
minimize accidents, a site surveillance on foot may be required to ensure clear driving paths. The site
crew should be alert and observe terrain while walking to minimize slips and falls. Boots that are ankle
high or higher should be worn to provide additional support and stability. Vehicle drivers and passengers
should wear seatbelts at all times. Fall protection is required when there is a potential for falls.
Personnel should maintain a high level of physical conditioning due to increased body stress and exertion.
Persmmel should be aware of potential hazards and ensure the availability of first aid supplies and
knowledge of the location of the nearest medical assistance.
Revised 1111999
C.\MyDocurnn-,s\lt/,NicklM:uiRn.8200 doc
FLDI 1-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Accumulation of flammable and combustible liquids on floors, walls, and other areas, is prohibited. All
spills of flammable and combustible liquids must be cleaned up immediately. Combustible waste such as
soiled rags and paper is to be stored in a safe place (such as a covered metal container) and disposed of
regularly.
WESTON project managers and WESTON subcontractors should provide sufficient personnel and
equipment to ensure compliance with all housekeeping requirements.
Work will not he allowed in areas that do not comply with the requirements of this section.
The SI-ISC and WESTON subcontractors will inspect the work area daily for adequate housekeeping and
record unsatisfactory findings on the daily inspection report.
If applicable, the decontamination line must be keep neat and free of debris.
Adequate lighting should be provided in or around all work areas, passageways, stairs, ladders, and other
areas used by personnel.
All stairways, passageways, gangways, and accessways shall be kept free of materials, supplies, and
obstructions at all times.
Loose or light material should not be stored or left on roofs or floors that are not enclosed, unless it is
safely secured.
Tools, materials, extension cords, hoses, or debris are to be used, disposed of, and stored so as not to cause
a tripping or other_ hazard.
Tools, materials, and equipment subject to displacement or falling should be adequately secured.
Empty bags that contained lime, cement, and other dust-producing materials should be removed.
periodically, as specified by the designated authority.
Protruding nails in scrap boards, planks, and timbers should be removed, hammered in, or bent over flush
with the wood, unless placed in containers or trucks for removal.
Walkways, runways, and sidewalks should be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and
no sidewalls should be undermined unless shored to carry a minimum live load of 125 pounds per square
foot.
Containers should be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bolts, and drift pins, and secured against
accidental displacement when aloft.
When rivet heads are knocked off or backed out, they should be prevented from falling.
Fonn and scrap lumber and debris should be cleared from work areas, passageways, and stairs in and
around building storage yards and other stmctures.
All storage and construction sites should be kept free of the accumulation of combustible materials.
Re\'iSt.'11 I 1/1999
FLD12-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All materials should be maintained in neat stockpiles for ease of access. Aisles and walkways should be
kept clear of loose materials and tools.
Areas prone to weeds and grass should be kept mowed.
cleanup of such areas, as specified by the SI-ISC.
A standard procedure sh.9uld be established for ~---'.
Rubbish, brush, long grass, or other combustible material must be kept from areas where flammable and
combustible liquids arc stored, handled, or processed. -
Revlsl"d 11/1999
C:\/1.ty Docu.,,,.nu\lMtS\fidJM:,nRn8~00 ,1,_,.,
FLDl2-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD20
GENERAL
TRAFFIC
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLDO I -Noise Protection
FL/)02 -lnclemen/ Wea/her
PROCEDURE
Return to top
Traffic presents hazards in two ways: I) when site workers arc working close to roadways, the potential
exists to be hit by oncoming traffic, and 2) driving to, from, and on the site poses a potential accident
hazard.
Recognition and Risk Assessment
In the planning stages of a project and safety plan, the potential for traffic hazards must be considered as
physical hazards in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). Risk assessment can be
accomplished in the development stages of a project by listing in the HASP the most likely traffic hazards
that may occur. The SHSC must make decisions on the proper safety procedures and recommend them to
the Site manager. Each worker must evaluate the risk associated with his or her work and be actively alert
to these hazards. Any site worker may stop work if safety procedures are not followed or the risk is too
great.
Prevention and Protection Program
Roadway \Yorkers
Roadway workers should be aware of their location in reference to roadways and avoid working close to
traffic. Workers near roadways must wear reflective vests.
The following guidance should be used in planning work that will be adjacent to or within roadways. In
all cases, the local police department or transportation department must be consulted in order to comply
with applicable requirements.
When open highway conditions prevail on approach to the work site, advance warning signs should be
placed approximately 1500 feet in advance of the condition to which they are calling attention. Where a
series of advance warning signs arc used, the warning signs nearest the work site should be pla~ed
approximately 500 feet from the point ofrcstriction, with additional sib'llS at 500-to IO00-foot intervals.
On expressway and limited access facilities, the advance warning distance should be increased to one-half
mile or more; on city streets, where more restrictive conditions generally prevail, advanced warning
should appear on the approach to the work area. Signs in the immediate vicinity of the work may be
placed at closer spacings.
Rc"isi..-d 11/1999
CIM~ Dorum,Jlls\Jlt,$\firldManRn11200 doc
FLD20-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Flag persons may be required to control the speed of nearby traflic. Lights should be provided to mark
flag person stations and barricading at night. Barricading is extended to the point where it is visible to
approaching traflic.
Signs on fixed supports are usually mounted on a single post, although those wider than 36 inches or
larger than IO square.feet in area should generally be mounted on two posts. Signs mounted on portable
supports are suitable for temporary conditions.
Drivers
All drivers will be licensed, regardless of whether they are operating on or off public highways. A
government driver's license is required for WESTON employees and WESTON subcontractors if a
government vehicle will be used.
If drivers arc operating across state lines, they should be familiar with laws governing traffic in states in
which they will operate. All traffic rnles and regulations, and all traffic control signs and devices should
be obeyed. All operators arc required to stay within posted speed limits at all times.
Drivers are required to make a daily inspection of their vehicles. The check should include steering,
brakes, mirrors, lights, horn, tires, and windshield wipers. Any special safety items, such as back-up
alarms, should also be checked to ensure safe operation. Drivers should be required to report all defects,
and repairs should be made promptly.
Drivers should make a visual check around the vehicle to ensure no objects and personnel are in the
vehicle's path before moving the vehicle.
Drivers should become familiar with all controls before operating an unfamiliar vehicle.
Drivers should operate vehicles defensively and exercise special care when driving an unfamiliar roads, at
night, and i~ inclement wc_athcr.
Drivers should give pedestrians the right of way.
Off-highway operation may require extra precautions to prevent shifting of load when crossing rough
terrain.
Trucks should be backed under the direction of a signal person if the operator docs not have a clear view
of the area to the rear of the vehicle.
Windshields, rear-view mirrors, and lights should be kept clean.
Based upon the size of the vehicle, or if specific quantities of hazardous materials are transported, the
driver may be required to have a Commercial Driver's License (CDL). Refer to The Motor Vehicle
Operating Practice.
Rt."V1sed 11/1999
Cl.My Docurnrro\11,'l;S'.fi,ldManRnSW0 00<"
FLD20-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Transporting Personnel
·n,c SHSC will ensure that scat belts arc installed and functional on all vehicles used by WESTON
personnel and WESTON subcontractors, and that all passengers use them. The use of seat belts by all
personnel is mandatory. :~~-
Some convenient means of mounting and dismounting the trnck should be provided.
Personnel should be required to ride within the space provided, never on nmntng boards, fenders,
bumpers, or atop cabs.
Adequate wind protection should be provided for long distance trips, and during cold weather.
Personnel arc not allowed to ride on the outside or back (such as in the bed ofa pickup trnck) of vehicles.
Transporting Materials
Materials loaded should be within the safe weight limit for the tmck, and should not project beyond the
trnck body.
While being loaded, tmck wheels should be properly blocked.
Trncks operated on public highways should confonn to weight and clearance limitations of bridges,
powerlines, overhead strnctures, and other restrictions.
No person should be pennitted to remain in or on a tmck being loaded by excavating equipment or cranes
unless the cab is adequately protected against impact.
Pedestrian Protection Program
Pedestrians on-site should use discretion when crossing the streets or working near traffic. Pedestrians
should use sidewalks whenever possible and not step from curbs unless vehicles are at a safe distance.
Vehicle Maintenance
Operators should immediately report any damage or failure of parts and accessories to the SHSC. It is
advantageous to have road flares, fire extinguishers, and other safety equipment on the vehicle at all times.
Vehicles should not be fueled from open cans or by other makeshifl methods, as there is great dange~ of
flash fire from hot engines.
Engines should be shut off while fi1eling.
Rt.·visc<l I l/1999
FLD20-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD 22
GENERAL
IIEA VY EQUIPMENT OPERATION
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD23 -Cranesllifling Equipment
FL/)24 -Aerial Lifls/Manlifls
FLD34 -Utilities
FL/)35 -Electrical Safety
PROCEDURE
Machinery and Mechanized E11uipmeut Safety
Return to top
Before any machinery or mechanized equipment is placed in use, it will be inspected and tested by a
competent mechanic and certified to be in safe operating condition.
The employer will designate a competent person to be responsible for the inspection of all machinery and
equipment daily and during use to make sure it is in safe operating condition. Tests will be made at the
beginning of each shift during which the equipment is to be used to detennine that the brakes and
operating systems are in proper working condition.
Preventative maintenance procedures recommended by the manufacturer will be followed.
Any machinery or equipment found to be unsafe will be deadlined and its use prohibited until unsafe
conditions have beeu corrected.
Inspections or determinations of road conditions and strnctures will be made in advance to ensure that
clearances and load capacities arc safe for the passing or placement of any machinery or equipment.
Machinery and mechanized equipment will be operated only by designated personnel. Equipment
deficiencies observed at any time that affect safe operation will be corrected before continuing operation.
Seats or equal protection will be provided for each person required to ride on equipment.
Getting off or on any equipment while it is in motion is prohibited.
Machinery or equipment requiring an operator will not be pennitted to nm unattended.
Machinery or equipment will not be operated in a manner that will endanger persons or property, nor will
the safe operating speeds or loads be exceeded.
Revised 11/1999
C:\Mr f><>rnm,:r,15\Jl.t:SU'iddManR~-~700 00<'
FLD22-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All machinery or equipment will be shut down and positive means taken to prevent its operation while
repairs or manual lubrications are being done. 111c only exemption is equipment designed to be serviced
while running.
All repairs on machinery or equipment will be made at a location that will provide j,iotcction from trallic
for repair persons.
Heavy machinery and equipment, or parts thereof, th;it arc suspended or held apart by slings, hoists, or
jacks also will be substantially blocked or cribbed before personnel arc permitted to ·work underneath or
between them.
13ulldozcr and scraper blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment will be either fully
lowered or blocked when being repaired or when not in use. All controls will be in a neutral position, with
the engines stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed on the machine requires otherwise.
Stationary machinery and equipment will be placed on a !inn foundation and secured before being
operated.
All points requiring lubrication during operation will have fittings so located or guarded to be accessible
withm1t hazardous exposure.
When nccessa,y, all mobile equipment and the operating area will be adequately illuminated while work
1s m progress.
Mechanized equipment will be shut down prior to and during fueling operations. Closed systems, with
automatic shutoff that will prevent spillage if connections are broken, may be used to fuel diesel powered
equipment left nmning.
All towing devices used on any combinations of equipment will be securely mounted and structurally
adequate for the weight drawn.
Persons will not be permitted to get between a piece of towing equipment and the item being towed until
the towing equipment has come to a complete stop.
All equipment with windshields will be equipped with powered wipers. Vehicles that operate under
conditions that cause fogging or frosting of windshields will be equipped with operable defogging or
defrosting devices.
All equipment lefl unattended at night, adjacent to a highway in nonnal use, or adjacent to construction
areas where work is in progress, will have lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with lights ·or
reflectors, to identify the location of the equipment.
Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake will be set. Equipment parked on inclines will have
the wheels chocked or track mechanism blocked and the parking brake set.
Rl'\'iS{"(I I l/1999
C:\My D,.,run~nl>lll&S\fid<IManRn&200 doc
FLD22-2
g
.,
D
D
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Equipment such as lift trncks and slackers will have the rated capacity posted on the vehicle so as to be
clearly visible to the operator. When auxiliary removable counterweights arc provided by the
manufacturer, corresponding alternate rated capacities also will be clearly shown on the vehicle. The
ratings will not be exceeded.
Steering or spinner knobs will not be attached to the steering wheel unless the steering mechanism
prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin. When pennitted, the steering knob
will be mounted within the periphery of the wheel.
All industrial trncks in use will meet the requirements of design, constrnction, stability, inspection, testing,
maintenance, and operation, defined in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1356.1, Safety
Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks.
The installation of live booms on material and personnel hoists is prohibited.
The controls of loaders, excavators, or similar equipment with folding booms or lift anns will not be
operated from a ground position unless so designed.
Personnel will not work or pass under the buckets or booms of loaders in operation.
Cranes and any other equipment used for lifting must be inspected as required and records of inspection
must be maintained.
Drill Rigs
WESTON has adopted the Drilling Safety Guide prepared by the Diamond Core Drilling Manufacturers
Association and the National Drilling Contractors Association, as published by the National Drilling
Federation, as the basic safety programs for all activities involving drill rigs or similar apparatus for the
purpose of well installation or soil borings.
11 Revi~ 11/1999
FLD22-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD23
GENERAL
CRANES/LIFTING EQUIPMENT
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD22-Heavy Equipment Operation-General
FLD24-Aerial Lifis/Manlifis
PROCEDURE
Return to top
Any piece of equipment used for lifting materials or personnel shall be used and maintained in strict
accordance with manufacturer's directions and applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSI-IA) regulations.
Load limits will be visibly posted on all lifting devices.
Only operators with demonstrated competence shall be pern1ittcd to operate lifting devices.
Lifting machinery and all clements of equipment involved in lifting or supporting loads must be inspected
prior to use and at a minimum monthly. Inspections must be performed by a competent person and must
be documented.
Revisc<l I J/1999
FLD23-I
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
FLD24
GENERAL
AERIAL LIITS/MANLIFTS
REFERENCES
Related FLD OPS:
FLD22 -Heavy Equipment Operation -General
FLD23 -Cranes/Lifting Equipment
Return to top
Aerial lifls, including extensible boom plntfonns, aerial ladders, articulating boom platfonns, vertical
towers or combinations thereof, must be used in conformance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.556, ANSI
Standard i\92.2, and manufacturer specifications and instmctions.
• Electrical systems must be tested according to section 5 of ANS] Standard A92.2.
• Critical hydraulic lines (lines whose failure could result in free fall) must have bursting capacities
four times the nomial use pressure. Non-critical lines must have 2: I bursting factors.
• Aerial lifls must be equipped with backup safety devices to prevent free descent if power supply
systems or primary suspension systems fail.
• Secondary controls that can override the platfonn controls and emergency descent systems must
also be provided in case of failure of primary systems.
• Mechanical power transmission apparatus must be appropriately ,,,uarded and guards kept in place.
Aerial lifls may not be field-modified unless certified in writing by the manufacturer or a recognized
testing laboratory to be in conformance with ANSI Standard i\92.2 and 29 CFR 1926.556 and to be at
least as safe as before the modification.
Aerial lifts must be maintained in safe operating condition at all times. Daily recorded inspections must
be made to ensure welds arc not cracked, lifling cables or chains are sound, hydraulic lines are tight and
not leaking, control lines and cables are sound, electrical connections are tight, and tires arc sound
Required daily testing for safe operation oflifl controls must be recorded.
Aerial lifls must be operated by trained persons who arc completely familiar with safety and operating
instmctions prior to use.
• A manual of inspection and operation must be kept with the lifl or be immediately available and
must contain instructions for use as well as clearly indicating capacity, height limits, restrictions,
warnings, and cautions.
• A statement of insulation must be prominently displayed on the unit.
Rt.·vised 11/1999
C.\t>ty Oocum,rolll,'l,.S'J';.ldManRn8200 OOC
FLD24-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
• Posted on the machine must be the name and address of manufacturer, listing of acceptable
alterations or alternative operating procedures and a notice to operators to read and thoroughly
understand operating instructions before use.
Prior to moving over a highway or traveling where overhead utility lines or obstruliions may be present,
ladders, plntfonns or towers must be locked in the down position.
• When moving with the boom up, an inspection must be made of the entire route of the move to
ensure there arc no obstructions, overhead utilities, underpasses, or groun,Vterrain conditions that
would prohibit a safe move.
• TI1e operator/driver must have unobstrncted view of the path of travel and must maintain a safe
speed.
• A recorded inspection must be made to ensure proper cradling of ladders, booms, platfonns or
towers, and stowage of outriggers.
FLD24-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD28 EXCA V ATINGffRENCHING
(Final Revision l I/ 15/ 1999)
GENERAL
Return to top
This procedure identifies the basic requirements for the protection of personnel working in and around
excavations and trenches, including identification of hazards, classification of soils, protective systems,
and inspections. Trenching and excavation work will be done in conformance with ·this procedure, and
with 29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Subpart P (Excavations) as well as any state, local, and
client requirements.
REFERENCES
29 CFR 1926 Subpart P (Excavations)
XITACIIMENTS
Attachment I: Permit-Checklist I Attachment 2: Audit Checklist
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RESPONSIBILITIES
·11,e responsibilities of the personnel involved in any trenching and excavation work arc:
• Project Manager/ Site Manager: In addition to their nonnal safety responsibilities as described
in the Safety Program Implementation Plan, the Project Manager (PM) or Site Manager (SM)
will be responsible for identifying and checking the qualifications of the competent persons
whom they designate for excavation or trenching activities at their project site.
• Competent Person: For the purpose of this procedure, the competent person is one who is
capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings, or working
conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to employees and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective actions to eliminate them. The competent person in
excavations must have knowledge of regulatory requirements and the necessary technical skills
(e.g., soils classification, use of protective systems) to implement this operating practice and
address any necessary client concerns or requirements.
The competent person may be the SHSC, a subcontractor representative or other site person. Ti)e
competent person must be identified in writing and understand the role and responsibilities of the
competent person.
Hazard Assessment and Evaluation
Prior to any excavation activity the SHSC and the Competent Person must evaluate the site for known
or potential hazards. Potential hazards affecting trench safety can include the following:
RcYiSt..J 11/1999
FLD28-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
• Excess water from rainfall, snow melt or frozen soils, temperature extremes affecting soil
moisture content.
• Previous excavation area (requires Type C soils classification).
• Depth of excavation (influences soil stability by increased weight. Average soils weigh
approximately I 00 pounds per cubic foot).
• Surcharge loads (e.g., evaluate location of buildings, spoils piles, poles, pavement, other
strnctural objects).
• Location of personnel and equipment.
• Vibration by equipment, traffic, railroads, explosives, etc.
• Undennining of strnctures.
• Duration of exposure (limit the time-frame of the excavation to the minimum possible).
Prior to excavation or trenching, utility companies or owners shall be contacted and requested to find
the exact location of installations in the area. If the companies or owners do not respond within
24 hours or the period established by law or ordinance, or if they cannot establish the exact location of
underground installations, WESTON or a subcontractor may proceed with the excavation provided
detection equipment or other acceptable means to locate utility installations arc used. The known or
estimated location of utilities should be marked or staked for identification purposes. Workers and
equipment operators must also be aware of overhead utilities.
When excavation operations approach the estimated location of underground installations, the exact
location is to be detennined by safe and acceptable means.
The stability of adjacent strnctures is to be assured in any event (whether employees will enter an
excavation or not).
All surface encumbrances that are located to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or
supported, as necessary. Strnctures near the excavation shall be underpinned or provided with a
support system to prevent collapse.
If the excavation is in an area known or suspected to be contaminated with unexploded munitions or
military ordnance, clearance by qualified explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) personnel shall be
accomplished prior to excavation work. Work will be performed in accordance with an approv.ed
UXOplan.
Pre-Entry Requirements
While not required as documentation (with the exception of certain states, e.g., California) the
Excavation lnspection-Pennit (Attachment I) should be utilized as a guideline in preparation for
excavation activities. In those states where permits are required, the Inspcction-Pennit must be utilized
and maintained on site. This checklist or similar approved form, subcontractor form, or site-specific
fonn shall be completed by the competent person prior to the start of operations
ReviSCll 11/1999
FLD28-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
each day and as needed throughout the shift (See Inspections and Enforcement Section). The Site
Manager shall ensure that monitoring and inspections arc performed periodically to verify compliance.
The competent person shall classify the type of soil using at least one visual and one manual test in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart P, Appendix A. The tests shall be doeuff,cilted, including the
date(s) of the tests, type of tests, any instrumentation used for testing, location of the excavation tested,
the results of the tests and type of soil (A, B, C, or stable rock) indicated by the test, and the name of
the person perfonning the tests.
Soil analysis and testing is not necessary if the excavation will be sloped to an angle of one and one
lwlf horizontal to one vertical (l-l/2H: IV) an(l/or protective systems will be employed which follow
the regulatory criteria for Type C soils. A default classification as Type C soils must be made in this
event.
The competent person must test the atmosphere in any excavation greater than_ four ( 4) feet in depth
where the potential exists for a known or potential hazardous atmosphere (e.g., landfills, spills before
employees arc allowed to enter the excavation. Emergency rescue equipment shall be provided and
will be readily available, properly fimctioning, and attended by qualified personnel when hazardous
atmospheric conditions exist or may develop. Based upon the direction of the competent person or the
SHSC an excavation less than 4 feet deep may require monitoring.
Entry Procedures
While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected, supported or removed as
necessary to safeguard employees.
A barricade or other suitable warning system shall be used to alert workers, equipment, and vehicle
operators of an excavation's location if the edge of the excavation is not readily apparent.
If the edge of an excavation is adjacent to a public roadway or an area of high.volume site traffic it
shall have a suitable barricade, such as a 2-to 3afoot (ft)-high berm or jersey barriers, installed along
the exposed side of the route. Appropriate barricades shall not interfere with placing overburden a safe
distance from the excavation, but they shall have sufficient strength to prevent vehicles from entering
the excavation.
Excavations located in areas subject to public traffic must be protected by fencing or barricades
constructed with equivalent strength to standard guardrails. The location of fencing or guardrails must
be such that risk to the public is minimal.
If the excavation is not subject to public exposure, but is routinely exposed to employees and is either
I) deeper than six (6) feet or 2) contains hazards (e.g., impalement, hazardous substances) then
perimeter protection is to consist of warning barricades or flagging placed no closer than six (6) feel
from the excavation edge. Warning barricades of flagging should be between 3 and 4 feet in height.
If the excavation edge is not readily visible and docs not meet any of the criteria identified above,
perimeter protection of warning flags or barricades (see above) located between 2 and 6 feet from the
excavation edge is required.
Workers at the edge of the excavation must be minimized. Based upon the hazard evaluation, fall
protection in the form of hamesscs and lifelines, may be required if workers must observe activities al
the edge of an excavation greater than 6 feet deep.
Revisi;.,J 11/1999
C\My (>ocwneru\H&t S'J" i,LJM:.nRc~1!]00 do<'
FLD28-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lighting for excavations and barricades during nighttime or low visibility situations must be m
accordance with state or local requirements.
All shafls, pits, wells, etc., where no work is being perfonned shall be covered with material of
sufficient strength to support foreseeable loads, or shall have a standard guardrail or equivalent
protection installed around the perimeter, or shall be backfilled.
Walkways and bridges with standard guardrail systems shall be provided where people or equipment
arc required or permitted to cross over excavations. · ·
Employees in excavations or trenches shall not be pennittcd to work in the immediate vicinity of
excavation equipment nor to work under loads handled by such equipment. Employees shall not be
allowed to work above other employees in the excavation unless the lower employees arc adequately
protected.
Employees shall not be allowed to work in excavations where water has accumulated or is
accumulating unless adequate precautions have been taken. Diversion ditches, dikes, or other means
shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excavation and to provide drainage to the
adjacent area. Pumps, if used to control water accumulation, must be monitored continuously.
Only authorized personnel arc allowed within excavations. The number of workers within an
excavntion must be maintained to the minimum necessary.
A ladder, stairway, ramp or other means of exiting excavations 4 feet-deep or more will be provided
for employees within 25 feet of lateral travel of any location within the excavations. Ramps used for
employee access or egress must be sloped to allow the employee to walk in an upright manner without
assistance. Ramps for equipment access or egress must be designed by a registered Professional
Engineer (P.E.).
Spoils and other materials are to be placed at sufficient distance from the edge of the excavation· to
· prevent excessive loading on the face of the excavation. In no event is any material to be placed closer
than two (2) feet from the edge.
Personnel will be evacuated from any excavation when the walls show signs of distress and personnel
arc potentially impacted.
Protective Support Systems
Employees in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate protective system
designed in accordance with the following. Exceptions to the requirement for employee protective
systems include; excavations entirely in stable rock and excavations which are less than 5 feet deep
and examination by the competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. Protective
system options include:
• Proper sloping or benching of the sides of the excavation. Follow specific requirements of 29
CFR 1926 Subpart P, specifically 1926.652.
• Supporting the sides of the excavation with a properly designed and installed shoring or
shielding system (e.g., hydraulic shoring, trench jacks, air shores, or trench boxes/shields).
Rc,ised 11/1999
C:\My Dm nm<,us\Jl~S\riddManRn8200 dtx:
FLD28-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Follow specific requirements of29 CFR 1926 Subpart P, specifically 1926.652.
Protective systems outlined within the OSHA standard arc minimum requirements. In the event soil
conditions change, reinspect the system. Additional cut backs on the slope angle may be necessary
based upon conditions encountered. ~-~ ··
No protective system is necessary when the competent person has detennincd that the excavation is
made entirely in stable rock or that the excavation is.less than 5 ft in depth and there is no indication of
a potential cave-in.
Protective support systems for use in excavations greater than 20 feet in depth must be designed by a
Registered Professional Engineer.
Inspections and Enforcement
The competent person must inspect the excavation and the adjacent area frequently for possible cavc-
ins, for failure of protective systems and equipment, for hazardous atmospheres, or for other hazardous
conditions. Inspections arc also required after any occurrence that could increase the potential hazard
to employees. Natural events, such as rain, or man-made events, such as blasting, arc examples.
Daily and as-needed inspections may 11/ilize applicable portions of either the lnspection-Pcnnit
(Attachment I) or the Audit Checklist (Attachment 2). The Audit checklist is designed as a more
comprehensive inspection/audit document. All inspections shall be documented.
During inspections, danger signs that should be evaluated can include the following:
• Bulges in the side walls.
• Cracks running parallel to the excavation edge.
• Material sloughing into the excavation.
• Exposed utilities.
• Loose chunks of the excavation edge or lip breaking up.
• Rocks, or refuse from earlier work or any other material that could fall from the excavation
walls.
• Undcnnined structures, poles, or trees.
• Water seepage.
• Spoils piles or other materials too close to the excavation edge.
Failure to follow procedures outlined within this operating practice will result in documented
noncompliance with the requirements of this procedure. Such noncompliance will result in a
management-imposed suspension of the activity and may include disciplinary action or issuance of a
Safety Violation Notice.
Revised 11/1999
FLD28-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Emergency Operations:
The Health and Safety Plan must indicate names and phone numbers for any potentially affected utility
(e.g., phone, gas, electric, pipelines, public works, etc.).
If a utility is damaged due to the excavation operation, and damage has occurred, operations arc to
cease. Personnel arc to relocate to a safe location until the hazard has been resolved. The owner of the
utility and any other necessary emergency resources ;ne to be contacted immediately.
In the event of a trench failure with subsequent employee entrapment the following procedures should
be followed:
• Immediately contact the local rescue agency listed in the Health and Safety Plan. Give the agency
the exact location, number of victims, trench measurements and any special hazards encountered.
• Keep all life-support and de-watering systems operating.
• Clear workers away from the excavation.
• Shut down any heavy equipment nearby.
• Be prepared to meet and brief rescue personnel.
• Never attempt to dig out victims with heavy equipment.
Record sf Rcports/N oti fie at ions:
The following records shall be maintained in the site files:
• Excavation inspection records.
• Soil classification test records.
• Evaluations of need to stabilize adjacent strnctures.
• Strnctural ramp designs.
• Approved tabulated data used for protective systems.
• Protective system designed by a P.E.
FLD28-6
Re-,iscd I 1/191)9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C\My I K><'u,,..,,i,\! IA S\1-' iddManRrv&lOO.dm-
ATTACHMENT I
INSPECTION-PERMIT CHECKLIST
FLD28-7
u
WESTON EXCAVATION INSPECTION-PERMIT
DATE: TIME: LOCATION: ________ _
DESCRIPTION OF EXCAVATION:
I PE~SONIN .CHARGE OF WORK•,,(SAFETY WATCII/If:ipplicabk).i. ''
... , y N cO"mIT.lcnt·· .•,ic:;
·: ..-::_-. :: ... _'.:.:/ ·-:. -~-· . . .1tfni).'-';-:·'.//._ · .. · _ ~:;:· ·_,_ ;· ·-t_:i~i ·>1:::-,:·.{ ~.::c·\\~_:,~; ·:·-::·.' '· .:•..-{'' .. ·:.,.,··
. ,··:f
Is there a compclent person onsitc?
Have utilities been located?
I Will excavation be less than 5 fl in depth? If yes, has competent person determined
appropriate worker protection?
Will excavation be crcatcr than 5 ft in dcoth? lfvcs. cumolctc remainder.
I Will workers in or near IOD or face of excavation be adccmatelv orotcctcd?
What is expected soil type? Is protection (sloping, benching,
shoring, sheeting, or shieldi,w) .iccordinc. to 29 CFR Part 1926.652?
If sloping/benching used:
I Angle no greater than I½ horizonlal to I vertical (34°)?
Conforms to Appendix B, 29 CFR Part 1926.652 for type C soils?
Conforms to Appendix A or B?
I
Conforms tu other published tables that arc onsite?
Is designed by competent PE?
If shoring, sheeling, or shielding is used:
Designs based on Appendices A, C, D, or G of29 CFR Part 1926.652?
I Designed and used according to manufacturer's specifications and instmctions'!
Design is :1ccording to published tables that are onsite?
Design is bv a comoctcnt PE?
If Appendix A of29 CFR Part 1926.652 is used, indicate soil cJassilication
I . Is classification based on at least one manual and one visual lest?
Is plan for installation and removal of sunnort systems annropriatc?
Is planned protection for surface encumbrances annropriate?
I Arc there adequate provisions for access and egress?
Is plan for protection from vehicular traffic adequate?
Are barriers and lighting provided for pedestrian and vehicle protection?
Is plan adequate for protection from exoosure lo falling loads?
I Is there an :1dequate proximity warning system for mobile eauioment?
Docs plan adeQuatcly address hazards of/protection from accumulatine. water?
Docs plan adequately take into account stability and potential impacl of adjacent
I
struclurcs?
Is plan for protection from loose soil or rock adequate?
Inspections will be conducted of excavation and adjacent areas:
I Prior lo start of work?
Daily?
A fler rain storms or other hazard increasing occurrences?
Arc insoections docmncnted?
I ls fall protection adequate?
Is there a potentially hazardous environment? lfvcs, comolete the following table.
Is approoriale crrn:rgency/rcscuc cquioment available?
I
I
Revised 11/1999
I C.\Mv D1><umrnt,',JM S\I itldMar11!.n~?DO doc
FLD28-8
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-':Tl.-itin'g°•:_ :".-... PEtJAC1iOil E"CVd;'.' ,·, ,,:•· -:·cO'iiCCfltfiitio'n/Ti!lle ·, ''_ . ·:i .. ' J :u·:.;:-'',·'-·,::-~f(f ••· ... '~ -· .·,,_,_.·_,:
Percent Ox ygcn 19.5-23.5%
Percent LEL >20%
*Carbon monoxide 35 nnm
*Hydrogen sulfide !0nnm
* If applicable
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
Hot work permit required?
Confined entry procedures and permits required?
I-lave all employees reviewed and signed HASP?
EMERGENCY PLAN EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS:
Fire Department: ; Police Department: ------Ambulance:
Medical: ------
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
Fire Extinguisher -Type: First Aid Kit -Local ions:
Location:
Rescue Breathing Apparatus -Local ion: Non-powered digging tools -Location:
Life Line Syslcms -Location:
Site Safety Officer: ____________ Competent Person:
Registered Professional Engineer:
EMPLOYEES:
Revis.c.J 11/1999
C;IM)' lk>rumrnt~',ll&S'J'idJMonRrvSWO doc
FLD28-9
E
•
I
I
ATTACIIMENT 2 I AUDIT CIIECKLIST
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I C:\My Docummu\l\&S\fi,l,,IManR.-vS200 d,x
FLD28-I0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WESTON EXCAVATING/TRENCHING AUDIT CHECKLIST
PROJECT: DATE: Time: ---
INSPECTOR:
Excavation Depth: ____ _
,. '.<·.•·i.:y · .. , i-• .. :,,.,, :···•,. '
All excavations inspected?
Soil type verified for each excavation?
Competent person identified?
PE involved?
Excavation
Location: -------------Anticipated Maximum Depth: ____ _
'r_y;:,;::--, :w: •':-. ;_;co1mnen1 . ·. c_: c·:;;,•.:'< i _ ., '
Why not?
Indicate Tvne:
Name:
Name:
NOTE: For California operations, a trenching permit issued by the Division of Occupational Safety
and Health (DOSH) is required prior to beginning work on any excavation or trench 5 fl deep or deeper
in which employees will be required to work.
This inspection list is designed to assist in verifying inspection requirements established in 29 CFR
Part 1926.560-562 Subpart P and Cal/OSHA 8 CCR 341, 1540 and 1541.
A. TRAINING
:.I
I. Have employees been trained in hazard recognition and safe work
ractices associated with excavation work?
2. rocedures?
I. Arc all surface encumbrances posing a threat to employees idcnti ficd,
removed, or su ortcd?
Y N · cornmcnts".
C. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES/INSTALLATIONS (Electric, Gas, Fuel, Product, Water,
Revised J\Jll)99
FLD28-I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D ACCFSS AND FGRESS , , ,
' ' ,: :,:. .: ·-' . ' ','' ):/·-::.:·,·;'\{)'I/:
I. Arc ladders, stairways, or ramps provided every 25 fl of linc;ir travel in
cxc;-ivations 4 ft dccn or dccncr?
2. Arc ladders appropriately secured and extend at least 3 ft above the top
landinP-area?
3. Arc personnel and equipment access and egress ramps designed by a
comnctent nerson?
4. Are ramps/rnnways of two or more struclural members joined so as lo
nrcvent disnJ;iccmcnt?
5. Arc strnclural members of ramps/rnnways of two or more members of
unirorm thickness?
6. Arc the cleats or olhcr appropriate means used to connect rnnway
strnctural members .ittached to the bottom of the rnnway or in a manner to
orcvcnt trionim .. •?
7. Arc all structural members slio-rcsistant?
E FXPOSURF TO VFHICULAR TRAFFIC , , ,
·;· ... 1 ' ::..1. <:, : ·, ·.;:::::_ '· ': ,. '·. ., ·-
I. Arc appropriate warning signs or barriers used to protect employees who
arc ex nosed to vehicular traJlic?
2. Are employees exposed lo vehicular trallic provided with and wearing
warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of
rcOectorized or hiPh-visibilitv material?
I. Are employees permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging
e{ ui mcnt?
2. Arc employees required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or
unloaded lo avoid bcin • stuck b an s ilia •e or fallin, matcri::1ls?
3. Operators should remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded
only if the vehicles :lrc equipped, according lo 29 CFR Part
1926.601(bX6), to provide adequate protection for the operator during
load in 1 unload in• o cralions. Arc said vehicles soc ui ed?
G. WARNING SYSTEM FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT
-.:'::-o_·c ,.,:•:•· ,, '.;' ··-., i:c-. · •. .. '·:·-::-,· ; .. ~ ' ~;-: .. ''' ·, _L ·--;;;--;-; ·-,.
I. Docs the operator of mobile equipment operated adjacent to an excavation
have a clear and direct view of the edec of the excavation?
2. Is the L>radc awav from !he excavation?
3. If not, and iflhis such equipment is required to approach the edge of an
excavation, is a warning system used (barricades, hand or mechanical
siPnals, or ston lo1•s)?
CIM)' noru ...... n1,ll\!.S\FiclJManR,:'11,:'00 doc
FLD28-12
(y IN . Com1nc11ts ·: •"-':"i",•::<·;:•.:
,:Y IN :.comments .···::·•,•.·•·:':;i•'
:Y ,•.N ._comriicnts
\y; !N CCoitim~hts ;:,:;::;fltc'.:!i~~;~"
Revised I 1/1999
I H HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHFRES ,
" .. :y N (ffiOiliniCiiis=. .. ·.,· . ,.,, ... ,·
I. Is there ootential for lrnzardous alrnosnhcrc in excavations?
I
2. If yes, has the atmosphere in the excavations been tested before employees
enter?
3. ls atmosphere monitored at established frequency and documented in
Section U, Atmosnhcric Monitoring Record?
I 4. Are adequate precaulions are taken to prevent employee exposure to
atmospheres containing kss than 19.5% oxygen and other hazardous
atrnosohcrcs?
5. Arc adequate precaulions are taken to ensure employee exposure is less
I than 20% lower exposure limit ( LEL)?
6. Is testing conducted as oflcn as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere
rem:1i11s safo?
I I. EMERGENCY RESCUE EOUIPMENT
.. ' -ii . y '.N '.'C6inmcrits
I I. ls emergency rescue equipment (brealhing apparatus, safety harness and
line, basket stretcher, etc.) readily available where hazardous atmospheric
condilions exist or may the equipment reasonably be ex peeled to he
available during work in an excavation?
I Is cnuioment attended when in use?
2. Do employees entering bcll-bottom pier holes or other similar deep and
confined footing excavations wear a harness with a life-line securely
altachcd? Is the lifeline separate from any line used lo handle materials,
I and is it attended at all times while the employee \\'Caring the lifeline is in
lhe excavation?
I J PROTECTION FROM HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH WATER ACCUMULATION ,
.• ,. . ~eommenrs·--::i;>·: be!--, ·····-··• .. <:' .. ,, :y: 'N "' .. ,.,. ... : :,: . ,. •.:,·.-., .-. ' I. Do employees work in excavations in which there is at.:cumulated water,
I
or in excavations in which water is accumulating?
Have adequate precautions been taken to protect employees against the
hazards ooscd bv water accumulalion?
2. Jfwaler is controlled or prevented from accumulating by the use of waler
I removal equipmenl, is the water removal equipment and operation
monitored bv a comoetcnt ocrson to ensure orooer oocration?
3. If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage of surface water (such
as streams), are diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means used to
I prevent surface waler from entering the excavation and to provide
adeauate drainaee of the area adiaccnt to the cxcavalion?
4. Arc excavations suhjcct to runoff from heavy rains inspected by a
I
competent person and arc they in compliance with paragraphs 1-1. I. and
11.2. of this section?
I
I
I
R1....,ised 11/1999
I C:\My n,,.·un1Cn1,ll l&S\FK"!dManlfrv8200 d,.,_
FLD28-J 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
K STABILITY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES
;'/i.e .. . . . ._,: . y . .., . .. ,,,.
I. Arc support systems (shoring, bracing, or underpinning) provided to
ensure the stability of such structures where the stability of adjoining
buildings, walls, or other slrncturcs is endangered by excavation
ovcration?
2. Excavation below !he level of the base or footing of any foundation or
retaining wall is not permitted unless:
-A support system, such as underpinning, is provided to ensure the safety
of cmplovees and the stabilitv of the slructurc.
-The excavation is in stable rock.
-A PE has determined that the structure is sufficiently removed from the
excavation so as to be unaffected bv 1hc excavation activitv.
-A PE has determined that such excavation work \Viii not pose a hazard
to employees.
3. Arc sidewalks, pavements, and appurtenant stmcturcs slablc?
If they arc undermined, is a support system or another method of
pro1ection provided 10 protect employees from lhc possible collapse of
such structures?
L. PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES FROM LOOSE ROCK OR SOIL.
I. Arc employees protected from cxcavalccf or other materials or equipment
that could pose a hazard bv falling or rollin.e: into excavalions?
2. Is adequate protection (such as scaling lo remove loose mnterial or
installalion of protective baniendes) provided to protect employees from
loose rock or soil fallin.e: or rolling from an excavation face?
M INSPECTIONS
1,•,;1;',''. ,-:,': .· · .. ,-_ ..... ) ,.: .. · .. ··,<:''·.·'.-... . .
I. Arc inspections conducted prior to the sta1t of work nnd as needed
throul'hout the shift bv a compelcnt oerson?
2. Arc daily inspections of excavations, the adj:tccnt areas, and protective
systems made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could
result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems,
hazardous atmosoheres, or other hazardous conditions?
3. Arc inspections made afler every rainslorm or olher hazard-increasing
occurrence (freezing, thawing, increased vibralion, or new trafiic oattcm)?
4. Arc insocclions documented?
N. FALL PROTECTION
.::tf~1~<~ :/r"~-"l;-:·,::::_: -,~ ~>:;1--<t; .,:·;~'-' .. · ..
'·'.:: _,;,; ;_-'·,·/;;_,·c?/:·· -·:: ... '.:," ··'.'.:.":;~:··. . -·
I. Arc walkways or bridges with standard guardrails provided where
employees or equipmcnl arc required or permined to cross over
excavations?
2. Arc adequate barrier physical protection (sufficien,I to provide protection
for vehicles or pedestrians as appropriate) and lighting provided nt al1
remotelv located excavations?
3. Arc all wells, pits, shafls, etc., barricaded or covered?
FLD28-14
y
'.:Y
N Comnicrits'(:· ·::':{!~' ;::;.:··
N
.:N Comfi1CrhS }~~;~::~~:i\~?J~
:N COirirric°Iits"~.::~~:i?-nm;:Y::
Revised 11/1999
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ,
I
I
I
0 PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES IN EXCAVATIONS
... · .< '-, .. ':•:.' y ;N Corrimcnts '. ' .. --, ., '. -.. ·,.·· .-· .. .
I. Each employee in an excavation is protected from cave-ins by an adequate
prolcctivc system designed in accordance with paragraphs (b) or (c) of
29 CFR Part 1926.652 unless:
-Excavations arc made entirely in stable rock.
-Excavations arc less than 5 ft (1.52 m) in depth :.md examination of the
ground by a cumpetcnt person provides no indication of a potential
cavc-m.
2. Arc employees permitted to work on the faces of sloped/benched
excavations at h:vels above other employees except when employees at lhe
lower levels arc adequately protected from the hazard of falling, rolling, or
slidine: nwtcrial or cnuiomcnt?
3. Do the protective systems have the capacity to resist, without failure, all
loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied or
tr:msmiHcd to the system?
P. DESIGN OF SLOPING AND BENCHING SYSTEMS.
.. "''.,,i, .-i'' , .. <;iii/.f.'•.' ·· .. .• y 'N Com1ilcnts
I. Arc slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems selected
and constructed in accordance wilh the requirements of29 CFR Part
1926.652:
-l'aragr.,ph (b )(I) (slope angles no greater than I 1/2:1 175%] or
confom1s to slopes and conligurations required in Appendix B for type C
soils)?
-Paragraph (b)(2) (slopes and configurations arc according to Appendices
A and 8)'/
-Paragraph (b)(3) (slopes and configurations are according 10 other
published tables that arc available onsitc)?
-Paragraph (b)(4) (slopes and configurations are designed by a PE and a
conv of the dcsic:n is onsitc)?
Q. DESIGN OF SUPPORT SYSTEMS, SHIELD SYSTEMS, AND OTHER PROTECTIVE
SYSTEMS.
J. Designs of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems
shall be selected and constructed by the employer or a dcsignee and shall
be in accordance with the rec uiremcnts of29 CFR Part 1926.652:
-Paragraph (c)(2) (design is in accordance with manufacturer's tabulated
data s ecifications, or instrnctions and a co of the data is onsite.?
-Paragraph (c)(3) (designs use other tabulated data and a copy of the data
is onsite ?
FLD28-l 5
Rcviu'!.l I 1/199'}
0
R INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF SUPPORT
. ·'' · .. ,·, '·. ' ,/'' .• : y N Comm;;i,1st • · . .. · ... . -. .-.-.. ,•,; .... : :':::-... ,,, .
I. A1c members of support systems securely connected together to prevent
I
slidine:, fallinl', kickouts or other orcdictablc failure?
2. Is installation of a support system closely coordinated with the excavation
of trenches?
3. Arc support systems installed and removed in a manner that protects
I employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being strnck by
members of the suonort svslcm?
4. Arc individual members of support systems subjected to loads exceeding
those thcv \\'ere designed to withst~md'!
I 5. Before temporary removal of individual mcn1bers begins, are additional
precautions taken lo ensure the safety of employees, such as inst:.illing
olhcr .slructural members to carry the loads imposed on the support
I system?
6. Removal begins at, and progresses from, the bottom of the excavation.
Arc members released slowly so as to note any indication of possible
failure of the remaining members of the structure or possible cave-in of
I the sides of the excavation?
7. Docs kick filling progress together with the removal of support systems
from excavations?
I
8. Excavation of material to a level no greater than 2 fl (.61 m) below the
bollom of the members of a support system is permitted only if:
. The system is designed to resist the forces calculated for the full depth
of the trench.
I
-There :ire no indications while the trench is open ofa possible loss of
soil from behind or below the bottom of the sunnort system.
S. SHIELD SYSTEMS
I .
'.:.· ~ : . . ;?'..· '> ·:} ·,. ·.·• .;:e,i•-· y ,.N Commciitst-:: · ,. ,· ··: .. ·.
I. Arc shield systems subjected to loads exceeding those the system was
desil!.ncd to withstand?
I 2. Arc shields installed in a manner to.restrict lateral or other hazardous
movement of the shield in the event ofannlication of sudden lateral loads?
3. Arc employees protected from the hazard of cave-ins when entering or
exiling the areas orotcctcd by shields?
I 4. Arc employees allowed in areas when shields arc being installed,
removed or moved vertically?
5. Excavation of earth material to a level not greater than 2 ft (.61 m) below
I the bottom ofa shield is permitted only if the shield is designed lo resist
the forces calculated for the full depth of the trench, and if there are no
indications, ,1,-hile the trench is open, ofa possible loss of soil from behind
or below the bottom of the shield.
I
I
I
I Revised 11/1999
I C;\My l>ocumtn1s\tl&S\ritldM~nR,,SWO Jor
FLD28-16
I
m
D
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
U. A1mosohcric Moni1orinu Record
.TestinP · · i ... ·.PEUActiO'ii" tcvCl·i!,:
Percent Ox '"•en 19.5-23.5% ID\
Percent LEL > 20% (wilhdraw)
Toxic-Refer to HASP
.-:cOric.ffirilc " ·: ConC:trilTICj~.: ,:•·:,;'}: ConcifimC :,.:,:, ,_;;,:· ; ,: -'
Revised 11/1999
FLD28-17
I
D
0
0
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLO 29 MATERIALS HANDLING
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD02 -Inclement Weather
FLD22 -Heavy Equipment Operation
FLD23 -Cranes/Lifting Equipmenl
PROCEDURE
Materials must be stacked and stored to prevent sliding or collapsing.
Return to top
Flammables and oxidizers must be stored in separate non-smoking areas and flammable gases must be
stored away from combustible materials.
Tractor trailers must be chocked during loading and unloading. Deck plates and positive anchor systems
must be used for delivery to elevated platfonns at trailer floor level if unloaded by fork lifls. Trailers
detached from tractors must have additional support if fork lifts will enter or if instability of load presents
a hazard of front wheels collapsing.
Riders arc prohibited on the outside of materials-handling equipment.
Cranes and any other equipment used for lifting must be inspected as required, and records of inspection
must be maintained.
FLD29-I
I
g
I
0
0
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD 33 DEMOLITION
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FL!) OPS:
FLD/1 I -Noise
FLD I 0-Manual Li/iing of Heavy Objects
FLIJ / I -Rough Terrain
FLD 12 -Housekeeping
FL/) 13 -Stmctuml Integrity
FLD2 I -faplosives
FLD22 -Heavy Equipment Operation
FL1)23 -Cmnes/Lijiing Equipment
FLD27 -Scajjhlding
PROCEDURE
Return to lop
There arc numerous hazards associated with demolition, such as expected (or unexpected) utilities, fire,
falls, slips/trips, heavy equipment, rigging use, chemical hazards, strnctural integrity, welding and cutting,
and confined spaces.
Recognition and Risk Assessment
In the planning stages of a project and safety plan, the potential for physical and physicochcmical hazards
must be considered in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP). Risk assessment can be
' accomplished in the development stages of a project by listing in the HASP the most likely hazards that
may occur. ll1e true determination of risk must often be made on-site by. the Site Health and Safety
Coordinator (SHSC). l11e SHSC must make decisions on the proper safety procedures and recommend
them to the site manager. Each worker must evaluate the risk associated with his or her work and be
actively alert to these hazards. Any site worker may stop work if safety procedures arc not followed or the
risk is too great.
Prevention and Protection Programs
Prior to pcnnitting employees to start demolition, an engineering survey of the structure and demolition
plan shall be made by a competent person. The condition of the framing, floors, and walls, and possibility
of unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure where employees may be exposed shall be checked
in a similar manner. The employer shall have evidence in writing that such a survey has been perfonned.
When employees work within a structure to be demolished that has been damaged by fire, flood,
explosion, or other cause, the walls or floor shall be shored or braced.
All electric, gas, water, steam, sewer, and other service lines shall be shut off, capped, or otherwise
controlled outside the building line before demolition is started. In each case, all utility companies
providing these services shall be notified in advance.
Rc,i~ IJ/1999
C:\My Docmntfl<1.H,';.Slfid<!ManRn8W(I 00<"
FLD33-I
I
I
D
0
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
If ii is necessary lo maintain any power, waler, or other utilities during demolition, such lines shall be
temporarily relocated, prolccled, and tagged.
It shall be delennined if any hazardous chemicals, gases, explosives, flammable materials, or dangerous
substances (e.g., asbestos) have been used in pipes, tanks, or other equipment on the property. When any
such substance is apparent or suspected, testing and purging shall eliminate the hazard before demolition
is started.
Hazards from fragmentation of glass shall be prevented by removal of glass.
Where a falling hazard exists due to wall openings, the openings shall be protected lo a height of
approximately 42 inches.
All floor openings not used as material drops shall be covered over with materials substantial enough to
support the weight of any load which may be imposed. Such materials shall be secured lo prevent
accidental movement.
Except for culling of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of
storage space, and similar preparatory work, the demolition of exterior walls and floor constrnction shall
begin al the top of the strncture and proceed downward. Each story of exterior wall and floor conslrnclion
shall be removed and dropped into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and
floors in the story below.
Employee entrances lo multistory slrnclures being demolished shall be protected by sidewalk sheds,
canopies, or both, providing protection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such
canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings ( I foot wider on each side),
and shall be capable of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot.
Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors on working surfaces unless such floors or surfaces are
of sufficient strength to support the imposed load.
Stainvays, Passageways, and Ladders
Only those stairways, passageways, and ladders designated as means of access to the strncture of a
building shall be used. Other access ways shall be closed at all times.
All stairs, passageways, ladders, and incidental equipment covered by this section, shall be periodically
inspected and maintained in a clean and safe condition.
In a multistory building, a stairwell being used shall be illuminated by either natural or artificial means
and covered over at a point not less than two floors below the floor on which work is being perfonned.
Access to the floor where the work is in progress shall be through a lighted, protected, and separate
passageway.
Re.,.iSt-...111/1999
FLD33-2
I
g
a
0
0
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Debris Removal
When debris is dropped through holes in the floors without chutes, the area onto which the material is
dropped shall be enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from
the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted
at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above.
All material chutes or sections thereof, at an angle of more than 45 degrees from the horizontal, shall be
enclosed, except for openings equipped with closures at or about floor level for the insertion of materials.
The openings shall not exceed 48 inches in height measured along the wall of the chute. Such openings,
when not in use, shall be kept closed at all floors below the top floor.
A substantial gate shall be installed in each chute at or near the discharge end. A competent employee
shall be assigned to control the operation of the gate, and the backing and loading oftrncks.
When operations are not in progress, the area surrounding the discharge end of a chute shall be closed.
Any chute opening into which debris is dumped shall be protected by a guardrail 42 inches above the floor
or other surface on which personnel stand to dump the material. Any space between the chute and the
edge of openings in the floors through which it passes shall be covered.
Where the material is dumped from mechanical equipment or wheelbarrows, an attached toeboard or
bumper, not less than 4 inches thick and 6 inches high, shall be provided at each chute opening. Chutes
shall be designed and constrncted of sufficient strength to prevent failure due to the impact of materials
and debris as it is loaded into them.
·n1e storage of waste and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads.
In buildings with wood floor constmction, the floor joists may be removed from not more than one floor
above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material does not endanger the stability
of the strncture.
When wood floor beams serve to brace interior walls or free-standing exterior walls, such beams shall be
lefi in place until other support can be installed to replace them.
Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage
areas for debris, provided such removal does not endanger the stability of the strncture.
Storage space into which material is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings for the removal of
materials. Such openings shall be kept closed when not in use.
Floor openings shall have curbs or stops to prevent equipment from mnning over the edge.
Any opening cut in a floor for the disposal of materials shall be no larger in size than 25 percent of the
aggregate of the total floor area, unless the lateral supports of the removed flooring remain in place.
Floors weakened or otherwise made unsafe by demolition shall be shored to carry safely the intended
imposed load for demolition.
Revised I 1/1999
C:\My Dornrr..-nrsll lkSIFid.JManRc, S:-00 doc
FLD33-3
I
g
I
D
D
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Wall Removal
Masonry walls, or sections of masonry, shall not be pcnnittcd to fall on the floors of the building in such
quantities as to exceed the safe carrying capacities of the floors.
No wall section that is more than one story in height shall be pcnnitted to stand without lateral bracing,
unless it was designed and constrncted to stand without such lateral support, and is in a condition safe
enough to be self-supporting. All walls shall be left in a stable condition at the end of each shift.
Employees shall not be pcnnitted to work on the top of a wall when weather constitutes a hazard.
Strncturnl or load-supporting members on any floor shall not be cut or removed until all stories above the
floor have been demolished and removed. This shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the
disposal of materials or for the installation of equipment, provided that all other requirements are met.
floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be planked solid, except when
employees arc kept out of the area below.
In buildings of "skeleton-steel" construction, the steel framing may be left in place during the demolition
of masonry. Where this is done, all steel beams, girders, and structural supports shall be cleared of all
loose i11aterial as the masonry demolition progresses downward.
Walkways or ladders shall be provided to enable employees to safely reach or leave any scaffold or wall.
Walls which serve as retaining walls to support earth or adjoining strncturcs, shall not be demolished until
such earth has been braced or adjoining strnetures have been underpinned.
Walls to retain debris shall be designed and constrncted to be capable of safely supporting the imposed
load.
Floor Removal
Openings cut in a floor shall extend the full span of the arch between supports.
Before demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be removed from the arch and adjacent
floor area. Planks not less than 2 inches by IO inches in cross section, full sized, and undressed, shall be
provided for and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor arches between
beams. Such planks shall be located so as to provide a safe support for personnel should the arch between
the beams collapse. Straddle space between planks shall not exceed 16 inches.
Safe walkways, not less than 18 inches wide, formed of wood planks not less than 2 inches thick ( or of
equivalent strength) shall be provided and used by personnel when necessary to enable them to reach any
point without walking on exposed beams.
Stringers of ample strength shall support the flooring planks and the ends of such stringers shall be
supported by floor beams of girders and not by floor arches alone. Planks shall be laid together over solid
bearings with the ends overlapping by at least I foot.
When floor arches arc being removed, employees shall not be allowed in the area directly underneath, and
the area shall be barricaded to prevent access.
Revisi:J 11/1999
C:\My Oocum<nu\!l&S\J'icldManll.~,uoo d(,c
FLD33-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLI) 34 UTILITIES
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FU) OPS:
FLD0J -Hot Processes -Steam
FLD22A -Heavy Equipment Operation
FU)23 -Cranes/L[fiing Equipment
FL/)28 -Exc,m,ting and Trenching
FLD35 -Electrical Scifety
PROCEDURE
Return to top
lnj111ics and deaths as a result of shock, electrocution, thennal bums and other utility hazards can be
avoided through proper attention to, and knowledge of, overhead and underground utilities.
Recognition and Risk Assessment
Risk assessment can be accomplished during the planning stages of a project by developing a task/risk
analysis for the hazards associated with specific utilities. The SHSC must make decisions on the proper
safety procedures and recommend them to the site manager. Each worker must evaluate the risk
associated with his or her work and be actively alert to these hazards. Any site worker may stop work if
safety procedures are not followed or the risk is too great. Much of the responsibility for protection from
utility hazards falls on the SHSC. "ll1c SHSC is responsible for ensuring a safe work environment when
working around electrical devices, pressurized utilities, gas, steam, water, sewer and pipelines utilities.
This job description requirement in no way, however, relieves any site personnel from their obligation to
recognize and avoid.unsafe conditions.
Prevention and Protection Programs
Survey for and Identification of Utilities
Prior to beginning intrusive work on sites in or around facilities, buildings, or other structures that could
be served by or connected to utilities, a search must be conducted by the SHSC, ideally in association with
someone familiar with the facility, to identify any overhead, underground, and in-workplace utilities such
as:
• Electrical lines and appliances
• Gas lines
• Pipelines
• Stearn lines
• Water lines
• Sewer lines
• Pressurizedcd air lines
Revised 11/1999
FLD34-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TI,c location of any utility that could pose a risk to workers must be communicated to all workers
during site safety indoctrination. Utilities should be marked or access otherwise restricted to reduce
chances of accidental contact.
Utilities shall be considered "live" or active until a reliable source has documented them to be otherwise.
Overhead Utilities
Transmission and distribution lines carried on towers and poles nonnally provide safe clearance over
roadways and strncturcs. Clearances must be verified and proven adequate for the movement of vehicles
and for the operation of constrnction equipment.
Overhead or aboveground electric lines shall be considered "live" or active until a reliable source has
documented them to be otherwise.
Elevated work platforms, ladders, scaffolding, man-lifts, drills or vehicle superstrnctures shall be erected a
minimum of20 feet (actual distance is dependent on the voltage of the line) from overhead electrical lines
until the line is either de-energized and grounded or shielded, and a competent electrician has certified that
arcing cannot occur between the workplace or snpcrstn1cture.
For other overhead or in-workplace utilities, workers must be instrnctcd to use care in working under or
around utilities to avoid hot surfaces, pressurized gases or air, leaking pipelines, and discharging steam or
hot liquids, and must work to prevent accidental contact or breakage.
Underground Utility Searches
No excavating, drilling, or boring shall be done until a thorough underground utility survey has been
conducted by knowledgeable persons or agencies, and it is found safe to begin.
Even when a search is completed, drilling, boring, and excavation should commence carefully until past
the depth at which such utilities arc usually located.
All underground utilities shall be considered "live" or active until reliable sources demonstrate otherwise.
The SHSC is responsible for ensuring pcrfonnancc of underground utility searches and confonnance to
procedures.
Rc,isl,J I 1119Y9
C':\My Doruffl<"Ns\lr&~\Ji,ldManR<"11W0 ,loc
FLD34-2
JI
I
I
0
D
u
ll
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Electrical personnel protective equipment must be non-conductive mbber material with electrical
and mechanical protection equal to or better than rnbber. Rubber protective equipment must be in
accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) J6 series of Standards. For
example:
• Rubber insulated gloves (J6.6).
• Rubber matting for use around electric equipment (J6.7).
• Rubber insulated blankets (J6.4).
• Rubber insulated hoods (J6. I).
• Rubber insulated line hose (J6. I)
• Rubber insulated sleeves (J6.5).
Rubber or equivalent protective equipment must be:
• Visually inspected by a competent person before each use.
• Air tested before each use.
• Laboratory retested periodically.
• Stored so sunlight or folding will not cause damage or deterioration.
3. Hard hats worn around electrical hazards must be class "B" according to ANSI Standard 289.2.
4. Body belts, lanyards, and lifelines used around electrical hazards must be able to:
• Withstand an AC dielectric test of not less than 25,000 volts per foot "dry" for 3 minutes
without visible signs of deterioration.
• Allow less than one (I) milliampere leakage when 3,000 volts is applied 12 inches apart.
5. Hot line tools must be able to withstand voltages of 100,000 volts per foot if fiberglass, or 75,000
volts per foot if wood. ·
Revised I l/11)99
C .\M~· Oo<:umerullt&S\1-' itldM:tnRn11100 doc
FLD35-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD 36 WELDING/CUTTING/BURNING
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPs:
FLDO 1 -Noise Protection
FLD02 -lnc/e111e11t Weather
FLDOS -Confined Spaces Entry
FU)/19-Hot Work
FLD I II -Manual Lifting and f-landling of f-/eavy Objects
FLD 12 -Housekeeping
FLD 16 -Compressed Gases
FLD22 -f-/eavy Equipment Operation
FLD24 -Aerial Lijis!Manlifls
FLD29-Materials f-landling
FLDJ/J-Hazardous Materials Use and Storage
FLD3 l -Fire Preventio11/Protection!Response Plan
FLD32 -Fire Ertinguishers Required and Requirements
FLD34 -Utilities
FLD35 -Electrical Safety
FLD38 -f-/and and Power f-land Tools
PROCEDURE
Return to top
Welding, cutting, and burning shall be performed only by those persons competent by reason of formal
training or documented experience.
Revised 11/1999
C.\M~ Ooc11,.,,,.nts\/l&S\fk"klM>nRnftZOO &,..
FLD3G-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
D
FLD 38 HAND AND POWER HAND TOOLS
GENERAL
REFERENCES
Related FU) OPS:
FLO0J -Noise Protection
FLO02 -Inclement Weather
FLO08 -Confined Spaces Enl!y
FL009-Hut Work
FLO I 0-Manual Lifting and Handling of Hemy Objects
FLO 12 -Housekeeping
FLO 16 -Compressed Gases
FLO22-Heavy Equipment Operation
FLO24 -Aerial L!fis/Manlifts
FLO29-Materials Handling
FLOJ0-Hazardous Materials U,e and Storage
FLDJ I -Fire Prevention/Protection/ Re.1ponse Plans
FLD32 -Fire Extinguishers Required and Requirements
FLO34 -Utilities
FLD35 -Electrical Safety
PROCEDURE
Return to top
Work with other than the simplest non-powered hand tools shall be perfonned only by those persons
competent by reason of fonnal training or documented experience.
Unsafe hand tools shall not be issued or used. All hand tools will be kept in good repair and used only for
the purposes for which they were designed. Wrenches with sprnng jaws, where slippage could occur,
impact tools with mushroomed heads, and wooden handled tools with cracks or splinters arc examples of
unsafe hand tools.
Tools having defects that will impair their strength or render them unsafe will be tagged or made
inoperable and removed from service.
Guards must be in place during operation on all power tools designed to accommodate them. Guards and
safety devices must remain in place on power tools unless removed according to manufacturer's
instrnction for maintenance by a competent person and must be replaced before use. Belts, gears, shafts,
drums, flywheels, chains or other rotating, reciprocating, or moving parts exposed to employee contact, or
representing other hazards, must be guarded.
Proper personal protective equipment (PPE) must be used when operating power tools or hand tools that
may produce projectiles, cuts or abrasions, dusts, fume, mists, or light, or which pose a risk of harm to
arms, legs, or feet if dropped.
Revised 11/1999
C:\My Ooeurnr,u1,ILA.S\fi<k!~bnRnl!~OO doc
FLD38-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Load limits will be visibly posted on all lifting devices.
Only operators with demonstrated competence shall be permitted to operate lifting devices.
Lifting machinery, and all clements of equipment involved in lilling or supporting loads, must be
inspected prior to use and then monthly, at a minimum. Inspections must be perfonncd by a competent
person and must be documented.
Rc\'iscd 11/19')9
C\My Do~umrr,slll&S\fi<ldM.mRo8?00 doc
FLD38-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD39
GENERAL
ILLUMINATION
REFERENCES
Related FLO OPS:
FLD0S-Confined Spaces Enfly
FLD I 0-Manual Lifting and Handling of /Jeavy Objects
FU) 12 -/Jousekeeping
FLD 13 -Stnictuml Integrity
FLD I 5 -Remote Areas
FLD I 8-Using Boats
FLD22-Heavy Equipment Operation
FLD23 -Cranes/Lifting Equipment Operation
FL/)33 -Demolition
FLD38 -Hand and Power /land Tools
PROCEDURE
Return to top
The minimum lighting level for general constrnction work areas 1s 5 foot-candles intensity.
Recommended illumination levels for other tasks arc listed below.
Foot-Candles
5
10
30
Area of Operation
General construction area, indoor: warehousing areas, corridors, haI1ways, exits,
tunnels, shafts and general underground work areas
Tunnel and shaft heading when drilling, mucking, or scaling; general
construction plant and shops
First aid stations, infinnarics, and offices
Revised 11/1999
C:\.\ty Docu,.,..n,s\ll&S\}"itldManRn-8200 ,Jo<-
FLD39-I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
"
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FLD42
G~:NERAL
LOCKOUTffAGOUT
Return to top
A program for developing and implementing lockout/tagout procedures is outlined in this document.
Lockout/ragout procedures will be followed by all Roy F. Weston, Inc. (WESTON) personnel
performing service and maintenance activities on equipment "where the unexpected energizing, staI1-up or
release of stored energy could cause injury." as a control against such injury.
This procedure establishes the minimum requirements for the lockout of energy isolating devices
whenever maintenance or servicing is done on machines or equipment. It shall be used to ensure that the
machine or equipment is stopped, isolated from all potentially hazardous eneri,'Y sources and locked out
before employees pcrfonn any servicing or maintenance where the unexpected energizing or start-up of
the machine or equipment or release of stored energy could cause injury.
REFERENCES
Related FLD OPS:
FLD03 -!Jot /'rocesses -Steam
FLD22A -Heavy Equipment Operation -General
FLD22/J -Heavy Equipment Operation -Drill Rigs
FLD23 -Cmnes/Lifiing Equipment
FLD28 -Excavating and Trenching
FLD34 -Utilities
FLD35A -Electrical Safety -General
FL/)358 -Electrical Safety-High Voltage
Introduction
Lockout/Tagout is a means of insuring equipment is de-energized, and isolated from· energy sources
before beginning maintenance or service activities. Lock and Tags are affixed to energy isolating devices
(i.e. circuit breakers, disconnect switches, or line valves) to prevent "unexpected" energizing of
equipment. Locks and tags act as warnings, to employees, that maintenance is being perfonned on
equipment, and as safeguards against accidental injury resulting from "unexpected" energizing of
equipment being serviced. Lockout/Tagout procedures are required, by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration under 29 CFR 1910.147 The Control of Hazardous Energy (lockout/tagout}.
Lockout/Tagout procedures must be followed "when perforn1ing service or maintenance activities on
machines and equipment in which the unexpected energizing or start up of the machines or equipment, or
release of stored energy could cause injury to employees".
RESPONSIBILITIES
All employees arc required to comply with the restrictions and limitations imposed upon them during the
use of lockout. The authorized employees arc required to perfonn the lockout in accordance with this
procedure. All employees, upon observing a machine or piece of equipment, which is locked out to
pcrfonn servicing, or rnaintenance, shall not attempt to start, energize, or use that machine or equipment.
Management: Provide locks and tags, evaluate the effectiveness of the program on an annual basis, and
eliminate barriers lo the success of the program.
(':\My 1'1<1nnn<ntslll&S\~ i<ldManRnll~OO dor
FU)42-l
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Enforce disciplinary action consistent with WESTON operating Practice 11-01-019 for failure to
follow Lockoutffagout Procedures.
Supervisors: Oversee the implementation of this program, ensure that all requirement of this program are
met, and reinforce the importance of locking and tagging out all equipment before beginning maintenance.
Corporate Health and Safety: Provide a Lockout/Tagout policy consistent with OSHA requirements,
provide necessary training, and provide guidance to both management and supervision concerning the
implementation and reinforcement of this program.
Employee: Use lockout/tagout procedures specified m this program, msure that co-workers utilize
lockout/tagout procedures.
DEFINITIONS
Affected employee: An employee whose job requires him/her to operate or use a machine or equipment
on which servicing or maintenance is being perfonncd under lockout or tagout, or whose job requires
him/her to work in an area in which such servicing or maintenance is being perfonncd.
Authorized employee: A person who locks out or tags out machines or equipment in order to pcrfonn
servicing or maintenance on that machine or equipment. An affected employee becomes an authorized
employee when that employee's duties include perfonning servicing or maintenance covered under this
section.
Program Requirements
Lockout/Tagout Devices: Locks and Tags will be provided to each "affected employee". Locks and Tags
nre the sole property of that individual and will be used only as lockout/tagout devices. Locks shall be
accompanied by a tag identifying the individual (name and telephone extension). Locks used as lockout
devices will be differentiated from other locks by specific color or marking. Tags must be legible at all
times and should be water and weather resistant.
Identification and distribution of locks and tags will be documented for each site or location requiring
same following the guidance of Attachment A, WESTON Loekout/Tagout Program-Equipment or
Machinery. Identification and Evaluation Form.
Equipment: All equipment/machinery installed shall possess energy isolating devices designed to accept a
lock. If an existing device is not designed to accept a lock a tagout system and applicable training will be
utilized. Any new equipment shall be capable of being locked out. Anytime modifications to existing
equipment (which is not capable of being locked out) is contemplated that modification shall include
provisions for the installation of lockout devices.
Note: Equipment energized by cord and plug attachment is not required to be locked out or tagged
provided the plug is under the exclusive control of the affected employee performing the servicing or
maintenance.
Identification: All equipment subject to Lockout/Tagout procedures must be identified.
identification will be in the format as indicated in Attachment A.
C\/l-1y Documenls\lt&S'J-'it l~ManRnS200 doc
FLD42-2
Such
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
Training and Communication
Initial Training: Training will be provided to ensure that the purpose and function of the energy control
program arc understood by employees and that the knowledge and skills required for the safe application,
usage, and removal of the energy controls are acquired hy employees.
All "Authorized Employees" will take part in a training program covering:
• Forms of Hazardous Energy
• Controls of Hazardous energy; LockouVtagout
• Tools for controlling Hazardous energy; locks and tags
• Responsibilities; Management, Supervision, Employee
• Provisions of this specific program
Each "Affected Employee" shall be instrncted in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure.
All other employees whose work operations arc or may be in an area where energy control procedures
may be utilized, shall be instrnctcd about the procedure, and about the prohibition relating to attempts to
restart or re-energize machines or equipment which arc locked out or tagged out.
Retraining: Additional training will be provided to all authorized and affected employees when there is a
change in; job assignment, lockouVtagout control procedures, machines, or processes that present a new
hazard. Retraining will also be provided should an inspection show inadequacies in the LockouVTagout
procedures being used.
Documentation: Training shall be documented in the employee's Health and Safety Training File and will
include an identification of the training program, instrnctor names(s), student names and date(s) of
training.
Inspections
Management is responsible for periodic inspections of the specific lockouVtagout program in place in
order to ensure continued safe procedures.
Inspections shall be documented and filed.
Annual performance audits shall be conducted to identify any deviations or inadequacies of the program
and will include interviews with affected employees to ensure employee knowledge of program
requirements. The Annual performance audit will additionally identify the machine(s) amVor equipment
on which the energy control procedures arc utilized, date(s) of inspection, names of employees
interviewed and the name of the person performing the audit.
Lockoutrt':igout Procedures
All equipment or machinery requiring lockout or tagout must be identified and evaluated as indicated in
Attachment A (WESTON LockouVTagout Program-Equipment or Machinery Identification and
Evaluation Form) prior to any activity requiring same.
Lockout or Tagout procedures and the subsequent restoration of energy must additionally be documented
by completion of Attachment 13 (WESTON Lockout/Tagout Program-Lockout/fagout Permit Form).
Rcvisi.,,J 11/1999
C':11'1)' Donnn,ru\JU:S\J irldManR,,·8200 doc
FLD42-3
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
' I
' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Preparation for shutdown: Prior to shutting down the equipment, an "affected employee"
must know; type and magnitude of energy, hazard of eneq,,y, and means of control of
energy. Those effected by the de-energizing of the equipment shall be notilicd that the
equipment is being serviced or maintained prior to shutdown.
Machine or Equipment shutdown: Equipment/machinery shall be shut down using
established procedures. Disconnects at the unit are preferable for case in identification.
An orderly shutdown is necessary in order to avoid any additional or increased hazanl(s)
as a result of equipment stoppage.
Shutdown procedures must be established and written for each affected piece of equipment
utilizing guidelines as indicated in Attachment A.
Machine or Equipment isolation: Appropriate energy isolating devices (blind plates,
disconnects, hasps, etc.) that are needed to control the energy of the machine or equipment
must be physically located and operated so that isolation of machine and energy sourcc(s)
is complete.
Lockout/ragout device application: Locks or tags shall be affixed to each disconnect ( or in
a more complex set of lockout procedures, each energy isolating device) by each
affected/authorized employee.
Locks shall be applied so they hold the disconnect/energy isolating device in a "safe" or
"off' position. When used in place of a lock, a tag shall be applied so it clearly indicates
that the movement of the disconnect/isolating device from the "safe" or "off' position is
prohibited.
Stored Energy: Following the application of lockout or tagout devices to energy isolating
devices, all potentially hazardous stored or residual energy shall be relieved, disconnected,
restrained, and otherwise rendered safe.
Once a lock or tag has been applied, all stored energy (i.e. hydraulic pressure) shall be
released. If there is the possibility of re-accumulation of the stored energy then
verification of isolation must continue throughout service/maintenance activities.
6. Verification of Isolation: The affected/authorized employees must verify that the
equipment/machine is isolated from any energy source before beginning
service/maintenance activities. Verification may be accomplished by testing connections
for now or current, or testing on/off switches.
Release From Lockoutfl'agout Procedures
Locks/tags may be removed once each of the following steps has been accomplished:
I. The area· has been inspected to ensure all non-essential items are removed and that
equipment/machine component is operationally intact.
Rcvisc<l 11/1999
C:\M)' Doru,,.,..,nlll&:5\FirldManJln11:00 dot-
FLD42-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. All employees arc safely positioned. "A!Tectcd employees" shall be notified that
locks/tags arc being removed.
3. Locks/tags shall be removed by the individual who applied them.
Exceptions: Exceptions to the procedures wi!rbe made when; the individual who applied the lock/tag is
not available to remove it, the lock/tag must be removed to test or position the equipment/machine, or the
lockout/tagout involves more than one individual. Procedures for each exception arc summarized below:
A. Authorized Individual Not Available:
A lock may be removed under the direction of the employer if an individual is not available to remove
their lock provided: the employer can verify that the employee is not at the facility, and can verify that
equipment is in working order. The employer must infonn the employee that the lock/tag has been
removed before employee resume work at the facility.
B. Equipment Testing Required
When a lock/tag must be removed to test or position equipment the sequence of actions is as follows:
I.
2.
Clear equipment/machine of tools and materials
Remove employees from equipment/machine area
3. Remove lock/tag
4.
5.
Energize and test/position equipment/machine
De-energize and apply lock/tag in accordance with lockout/tag out procedures stated
above.
Additional or Alternative Procedures/Guidance
A. Group Lockout/ragout
When servicing/maintenance activities are performed by more than one individual each of the following
requirements must be met:
I.
2.
3.
Each individual shall apply their lock/tag to a group lockout device.
One individual shall be designated the role of coordinator. Coordinators shall ensure that
lockout/tagout procedures arc followed by each individual.
As each individual completes work that individual will remove his/her lock from the group
lockout device.
Revised 11/1999
C\11.1) IX><~mrmsllll:S\firl,!ManRn"lQOOdoc
FLD42-5
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Use of Tags Alone
Use of tags alone is only permitted when there is no acceptable lock out procedure available. When
tagout alone is used the following training and procedures are required in addition to the procedures
outlined earlier:
C.
I. Tags arc essentially warning devices affixed to energy isolating devices, and do not
provide the physical restraint on those devices that is provided by a lock.
2.
3.
4.
5.
When a tag is attached to an energy isolating means, it is not to be removed without
authorization of the authorized person responsible for it, and it is never to be bypassed,
ignored, or otherwise defeated.
Tags must be legible and understandable by all authorized employees, affected employees,
and all other employees whose work operations arc or may be in the area, in order to be
effective.
Tags and their means of attachment must be made of materials which will withstand the
environmental conditions encmmtercd in the workplace.
Tags may evoke a false sense of security, and their meaning needs to be understood as part
of the overall energy control program.
6. Tags must be securely attached to ~nergy isolating devices so that they cannot be
inadvertently or accidentally detached during use.
I
Client Facility Lockout or Tagout
Work on client facilities which involves exposure to stored energy must be completed in a manner as
protective as the procedures addressed above. Tl1e client must be made aware of procedures WESTON
will follow. Additionally, communication with the client as to their procedures for lockout/tagout and any
equipment requiring lockout or tagout is necessary for program compliance.
Revised 11/1999
FLD42-6
n
0
u
Q
El
•-
E'
.m,
m
I,
I
I:
' .t ,.
·• ,.
I
I
I
ATTACHMENT A
WESTON Lockout/fagout Program
Equipment or Machinery Identification and Evaluation Form
C\My !>ocum,1110\ll&S\J i..klManR,:v8200 ,lo<-
FLD42-7
I
I
I ,, ,.
,,,· ,, , ..
I
I
I
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
WESTON Lockoutfragout Program
Equipment or Machinery Identification and ~=valuation Form
Description of Equipment or Machine:
Reason(s) for Lockoutffagout:
Indicate Type(s) of Hazardous Energy (e.g., electrical, hydraulic, air, chemical) utilized by the
machine:
Identify Energy Control Points and normal stopping procedures (e.g., stop button, opening switch,
closing valve, etc.):
Identify how energy isolation will be verified:
Identify (as necessary) adverse effects of energy isolation and/or equipment shutdown:
Identify (if any) stored or potential energy sources ( e.g., capacitors, elevated parts, rotating wheels,
hydraulic systems, gas, steam or water pressure, etc.) and the means/methods which will be
utilized to dissipate or restrain.
8. Identify Persons (name and job title) who may or will be affected by equipment lockout/ta gout:
9. Identify Persons (name and job title) who will or may be performing work on equipment or
machinery. Also indicate type and color oflock for each affected person.
10. Name of Person perfonning this evaluation:
11. Date of evaluation:
Note: A copy of this evaluation must be attached to any Health and Safety Plan where Lockout/Tagout is
necessary. A copy of this evaluation must be attached to any WESTON fixed facility which has
equipment which must be locked or tagged out.
RL'\1SN 11/1999
C.\!sly Oocurrrn1>\11.'l~ViddManRc,8iOO doc
FLD42-8
I
I
I
I
I
.1,
' ,,
I·
I
I'
·I·
,I ,,
-I
I ,,
I
·1 C .\M~· [)orum,1u\J1.r,51,Ji,: ldManll .-'8:'00 doc
ATTACIIMENT B
WESTON Lockout!Tagout Program
Lockout/ragout Permit Form
FLD42-9
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6:
7.
8.
Q
WESTON Lockoutffagout Program
Lockoutffagout Permit Form
Equipment Description (Cross-reference to Equipment or Machinery Identification and Evaluation
Fonn):
Task Description:
Name(s) ofperson(s) (Authorized Employees) involved in task:
Sequence of Lockout Procedures Checklist:
All affected personnel notified of procedure and reasons.
Machine shut down (ifnmning) following established procedures.
Energy isolation devicc(s) de-activated to ensure isolation.
Lock-out/fag-out of isolating device(s) perfonned.
Stored or residual energy dissipated or restrained.
Disconnect verified by testing nonnal operating control (e.g., switch to "on" position).
Nonna) operating device returned to "oft" position.
Machine/Equipment is now locked out and work can be perfonned following appropriate
procedures.
Sequence of Restoring Equipment to Service Checklist.
Service/maintenance complete and verified.
Immediate area checked to ensure removal of non-essential item_s and that machine/equipment
components arc intact.
Employees removed from immediate area.
Equipment/machine controls in neutral position.
Lockout devices removed.
Equipment/machine reactivated and verified safe condition.
All employees notified that lockout complete and equipment/machine available for use.
Name and title of person authorizing lockout/tagout:
Date and time:
Rcvisti.111/1991)
FLD42-I0
D
I
E
I
I
I,
I ,, ,,
' I
I
I
(i ·1,
·I
I
,I
I
1·
ATTACIIMENTC
ZERO ENERGY
Machinery and Mechanized E11uiprnent Guidelines
FLD42-I I
D
0
I
I ,,
I,
I
I
I
ZERO ENERGY
Machinery and Mechanized Equipment Guidelines
All machinery or equipment will be shut down and positive means taken to prevent its operation while
repairs or manual lubrications arc being done. Exemption: Equipment designed to be serviced while
nmnmg.
All repairs on machinery or equipment will be made at a location that will provide protection from traffic
for rcpairpersons.
Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof that arc suspended or held apart by slings, hoists, or jacks
also will be substantially blocked or cribbed before personnel arc permitted to work underneath or
between them.
End-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment will be either fully lowered or blocked when
being repaired or when not in use. All controls will be in a neutral position, with the engines stopped and
brakes set, unless work being performed on the machine requires otherwise.
No one will be pcnnillcd in the dump tmck cab during loading operations except the driver and then only
if the tmck has a cab protector.
Mechanized equipment will be shut down prior to and during fueling operations. Closed systems, with
automatic shutoff, which will prevent spillage if connections are broken, may be used to fuel diesel-
powered equipment !ell mnning.
All towing devices used on any combinations of equipment will be stmcturally adequate for the weight
drawn and securely mounted.
Persons will not be pcnnittcd to get between a towed and towing piece of equipment until the towing
equipment has been stopped.
Whenever equipment is parked, the parking brake will be set. Equipment parked on inclines will have
wheels chocked or track mechanism blocked and the parking brake set.
ReviSl"l.! 11/1999
FLD42-12
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1:
I
I
FLD44 BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS-BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS ~:XPOSURE
CONTROL PLAN -FIRST AID PROVIDERS
Return to top
GENERAL
SCOPE AND APPLICATION
Bloodborne pathogens arc pathogenic microorganisms which may be present in human blood and can
cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to hepatitis B vims (HBV) and
human immunodeficiency vims (HIV). OSHA requires compliance with 29 CFR 1910.1030,
Occupational Exposure to 131oodborne Pathogens Standard, where as a condition of employment, there is
known or potential exposure to hloodbome pathogens. A source of occupational exposure may occur
when an employee gives First Aid and CPR to an individual who has infectious blood. The occupational
exposure occurs when potentially infectious materials come in contact with the employees eyes, mucous
membranes, non-intact skin through cuts and abrasions while administering First Aid and CPR.
Additional sources of exposure arc contact with infectious waste found at hazardous waste sites,
glassware, needles other sharp objects which have been involved in injuries to personnel resulting in
contamination with blood or related bodily fluids and laboratory personnel who may analyze samples
containing infectious waste.
This Exposure Control Plan addresses protection of First Aid Providers. An additional Plan deals with
exposure to Bloodbome Pathogens through contact with Jnfcctious Waste.
WESTON sites more than five (5) minutes from medical facilities, require employees to be trained to
render First Aid to comply with 29 CFR 19 I 0.151 (b) as well as 29 CFR 1910.120 which requires
provision of first aid services at hazardous waste sites.
WESTON personnel are engaged in delivery of First Aid and CPR in_ the pre-hospital setting. First Aid
and CPR duties are often perfonned in uncontrolled environments, which, due to a lack of time and other
factors, do not allow for application of a complex decision-making process to the emergency at hand.
This document serves as WESTON's Exposure Control Plan for First Aid Providers and is intended to
assist personnel in making decisions concerning the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) and
resuscitation equipment, as well as for decontamination, labeling, containerizing and disposal procedures.
Information Program
In order to effectively protect themselves from hazards, workers must have a basic understanding of the
hazard.
Completion of safety plans requires identification and assessment of risk from exposure to biological
hazards. ·n,is program deals primarily with two fonns of infection (Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human
Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)) which arc of concern to workers who can come in contact with bodily
fluids associated with blood.
WESTON's infonnation program relative to l3loodbome Pathogens is designed to infonn workers and
confonn with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030.
RcviSt.-d 11/1999
C.\My DocumnHlll&S\fiddManRn8200 doc
FLI)44-I
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a possible aficr use, contaminated sharps arc to be placed in puncture proof/leak proof containers
until they can be disposed of. Broken glassware which may be contaminated shall not be picked
up directly with the hands unless gloves to protect the hands against cuts arc used. It is best to use
mechanical means, such as a bmsh and dust pan then place contaminated broken glass in a
puncture proof/leak proof container.
• When handling red bag waste, hold the top end of the bag rather than the bottom.
• Containers of potentially infectious waste should be labeled with a biohazard label.
• All PPE should be inspected prior to use. PPE should not be worn when the PPE barrier is
compromised.
• Hands and other skin surfaces should be washed immediately and thoroughly if contaminated with
blood, other body fluids to which universal precautions apply, or their potentially contaminated
articles. Hands should always be washed aficr gloves arc removed even if the gloves appear
intact. Where hand washing facilities arc not readily accessible, an antiseptic hand cleaner along
with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towclcts should be used. When antiseptic hand cleaners
or towclcts arc used hands shall be washed with soap and rnnning water as soon a feasible
(USHHS & NIOSl·l, 1989).
• All first aid procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be perfonncd
in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of
these substances.
Engineering controls
Engineering controls isolate or remove the bloodbome pathogen hazard from the workplace.
• Proper containerizing, labeling and disposal of contaminated items are required for all potentially
infectious waste.
• Minimizing needle sticks placing them in a puncture proof container.
• Limit access or close off areas which contain potentially infectious materials.
Administrative Controls
Administrative controls reduce or eliminate bloodbomc pathogen hazards from the workplace by program
development i.e., Exposure Control Plan, auditing to ensure these programs are in place and providing
infom1ation and training.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
PPE is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard.
Attachment 3 provides examples of recommendations for PPE in the pre-hospital setting; the list is not
intended to be all-inclusive. Ensure that first aid kits (office and field lcits) arc supplied with the
appropriate contents are checked on a monthly basis and restocked when used.
If ihc chance of being exposed to blood is high, the care giver should put on protective attire before
beginning CPR or First Aid. Protective barriers should be used in accordance with the level of exposure
encountered.
Rcvisetl 11/1999
C':\My [)ocum<"ntslll&S\J idd/,.fanRr\8?00 ,lo<,
FLD44-3
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Minor lacerations or small amounts of blood do not merit the same extent of barrier used as required for
massive arterial bleeding. Management of the patient who is not bleeding and who has no bloody body
fluids present, should not routinely require use of barrier precautions.
Under rare or extra-ordinary circumstances, a responding employee may dccid_e, based on his or her
judgement, that use of PPE would have prevented delivery of care or would have posed an increased
hazard to safety of the employee or co-worker. When this judgement has been made, an investigation of
the event will be initiated and documented in order to detenninc what changes in procedures or protective
equipment is needed.
General work clothes (e.g., coveralls, pants shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against
a hazard arc not considered to be PPE. ·
The following PPE may be required for the tasks described in Section 3.1.
All PPE should be inspected prior to use. Defective PPE will not be used.
All PPE will be removed prior to leaving a contaminated area and secured properly for decontamination
or proper disposal.
Masks, Eyewear, llead, Boot Covers and Gowns
Surgical type masks, cycwear and impervious splash apron, splash gowns or tyvck coveralls should be in
or accompany all first aid kits. Masks and cyewear such as goggles (or glasses with solid side shields),
should be worn together or a faceshield should be used by personal prior to any situation where splashes
of blood or other body fluids to which universal precautions apply arc likely to occur. If large splashes or
quantities of blood are present or anticipated then boot and head covers, eyewear, face masks, impervious
gowns or coveralls in conjunction with aprons should be worn.
Personnel should also protect against particulate hazards associated with dried blood by using masks,
boots, gowns and gloves.
Gloves
Disposable powdcrlcss surgical gloves or latex gloves will be a standard component of emergency
response equipment to be donned by all personnel prior to initiating any emergency patient care tasks
involving exposure to blood or other body fluids to which universal precautions apply. Extra pairs of
varying sizes should also be available. lberc is no single type or thickness of glove appropriate for
protection in all situations. Disposable (single use) gloves such as surgical or latex shall be replaced as
soon as practical when contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are tom, punctured or when their ability
to function as a barrier is compromised. Greater PPE measures are required for situations where broken
glass and sharp edges arc likely to be encountered.
It may be necessary to use disposable gloves under heavy gloves to protect against sharp edges. For
situations where large amounts of blood arc likely to be encountered, it is important that gloves fit tightly
at the wrist to prevent blood contamination of hands around the cuff. For multiple trauma victims, gloves
should be changed between patient contacts, if the emergency situation allows.
Rc\ised 11/1999
C.\My [l..><umn~s\ll~S\J iddManRl'V8200 doc
FLD44-4
I
I
I
n
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sharps such as needles used for bee stings or diabetes should be placed in a puncture prooflleak proof
color coded or labeled container. If other contents could puncture the primary container, the primary
container shall be placed within a secondary container which is puncture resistant. The liquid generated
from the decontamination process should be contained in a leakproof container until a local medical waste
disposal company can provide information on proper disposal based on local, state and federal regulations.
Labding
Biohazard warning labels are to be attached to containers of regulated wastes or other containers of
potentially infectious materials during storage, transport or shipment. Red or orange bags may be
substituted for labeling requirement. Ideally such waste generated during WESTON activity will use one
and ideally both methods of identification.
Disposal
If an ambulance is called to transport the victim to the hospital, attempts should be made to leave the
potentially contaminated red bag waste with the ambulance service. Similarly, if a person is driven to the
hospital by another employee, attempts should be made to leave the red bag waste with the employee for
ultimate disposal at the hospital. Containers must be properly identified prior to transpm1.
Where on-site emergency care is given and additional medical treatment is not likely, place the red or
orange plastic bag in a secure place on-site and call a local medical disposal company. Similarly a local
medical disposal facility should be contacted when disposal for infectious waste from a hazardous waste
site or laboratory is required. Request the medical disposal company to supply a sturdy shipping container
with manifest and appropriate shipping labels.
Vaccination and Post-Exposure Evaluation and Follow-up
Vaccination
It is not WESTON's intent at this time to offer Hepatitis B Vaccination for First Aid providers.
Hepatitis B vaccines are 70-88% effective when give within I week afler HBV exposure. The HBIG, a
preparation of immune globulin with high levels of antibody to HBV (anti-HBs), provides temporary
passive protection following exposure to HBV. Combination treatment with hepatitis B vaccine and
l·IBIG is over 90% effective in preventing hepatitis B following a documented exposure (Center of
Disease Control, 1985).
Upon suspicion or verification of exposure to blood or infectious materials, Hepatitis Vaccination will be
made available to the exposed individual(s) at no cost to the employee. The employee will immediately be
referred to WESTON's Occupational Medical consultants for counselling and management.
Incident Reporting
When an employee gives First Aid or CPR, or is potentially exposed to bloodbome pathogens, an Incident
Report must be completed. ·n,c report must indicate the potential exposure to bloodbome pathogens.
Additionally, the employee will acknowledge potential exposure to bloodbome pathogen on the Monthly
Employee Health and Safety Report. Reporting must comply with WESTON Operating Procedures. i.e.
verbal rcpo11s must be received by Corporate Health & Safety as soon as possible to assure employees
will be medically evaluated within 24 hours and written reports within 48 hours. WESTON standard
Incident Repo11s will be used, but shall be clearly identified with the notation, "Potential Bloodbome
Pathogen Exposure" at the top of the first page.
Rcvisc:J 11/191)9
FLD44-6
I
I
I
g
u
D
E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Post Exposure Management and Testing
Upon learning or exposure to a source or source individual found to be positive for Hl3sAg, WESTON's
Medical Consultant will provide direction on case management. The medical consultant, after discussion
of the exposure situation with the medical clinic or hospital where the employee was evaluated and treated
for injury, will detennine whether the exposed employee should be tested for l-113V or HIV prior to the
status of the source being known (or in the case where the source is unknown).
HBV and HIV testing of the source individual should be done at the local offices' medical clinic or at the
hospital where the victim was treated for injury. Local laws may apply for testing source individuals in
situations where consent cannot be obtained because the source refuses testing or can not be identified
(i.e., an unconscious patient). If the job location docs not allow access to the local offices' medical clinic
then a new WESTON Occupational Medical Consultant will be consulted for !,'lJidance. The alternate
clinic/hospital must offer pretest counseling, post test counseling and referral for treatment.
Consult with WESTON's Medical Consultant to determine if the exposed employee should be given the
l-113V post vaccination.
Collection and testing or blood for l-lBV and HIV serological status shall be pcrfonned as soon as feasible
on the exposed employees blood (after consent) where the source is found to be positive for HIV or HBV.
Results or the source individuals testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the
employee shall be informed or applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and
infectious status of the source individual. When the source individual is already known to be infected
with HBV or HIV testing of the source individual known HBV or HIV status need not be repeated (Center
for Disease Control, 1985).
If the source of the exposure is a needle stick or bloodstained material (i.e., blood stained material
contacted an open wound on a field team member) the source should be placed in an appropriate container
(i.e., sharps container for needles and red bag for blood tainted material). The container should be given
the WESTON medical clinic for analysis. If the source is found to be HBV or HIV positive, the incident
report must be updated to change the status from subjected to confirn1ed exposure. At this point the
incident report will be placed iii a limited .control access portion of incident filing system to maintain
confidentiality.
Human Immunodeficiency Virus Post Exposure Management
For any exposure to a source or source individual who has AIDS, who is found to be positive for HIV
infection or who refoses testing, the worker should be counseled regarding the risk of infection and
evaluated clinically and serologically for evidence for the HIV infection as soon as possible after the
exposure. WESTON's Medical Consultant will provide direction on the case management.
If the source individual was tested and found to be seronegative, follow-up will be determined by
WESTON's Medical Consultant.
If the source or source individual cannot be identified, decisions regarding appropriate follow-up should
be individualized. Serological testing will be made available to all workers who may be concerned they
have been infected with HIV through and Occupational Exposure. (Center for Disease Control, 1987 and
USHHS and NIOSH, 1989) WESTON's Medical Consultant will provide direction on the case
management.
Communication of llazanls to Employees
Revisl"tl 11/1999
C\My lloc11n••1,u\Jl.1;S\firld~lanl(ry~~OO do~
FLD44-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
Training Schedule
Ensure that employees who arc required to provide First Aid and CPR, are trained in regards to all
components of the standard upon employee assignment and at the annual refresher training. All First Aid
Providers must be aware of task modifications or procedure changes which might affect occupational
exposure.
Training Contents
A sign-up sheet as shown in Table 5 will contain the following infonnation: attendants names, signatures,
job classifications, instrnctors name and duration of the class.
Training will contain the following infom1ation:
• Where an accessible copy of the regulatory text and the WESTON's Exposure Control Plan can be
found.
• An explanation of \VESTON's exposure control plan and the means by which employees can
obtain a copy of the written plan.
• A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms ofbloodbome diseases.
• An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may
involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials.
• An explanation of the use and limitations of methods, that will prevent or reduce exposure
including appropriate engineering controls, work practices, and PPE.
• lnfonnation on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination and disposal of
PPE.
• An explanation of the basis for selection of PPE.
• An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of
reporting the incident and the medical follow-up that will be made _available.
• Infonnation on the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up that the employer is required to
provide for the employee following an exposure incident.
• An explanation of the signs and labels and/or color coding for disposal of infectious materials.
• An ?Pportunity for interactive questions and answers with the person conducting the training
SCSSIOll.
Rccorclkeeping
When an employee gives First Aid or CPR and in doing so becomes subject to this Plan, they will verbally
report the incident according to WESTON's Operating Practices and then as soon as possible complete a
WESTON injury/exposure Incident report and acknowledge potential exposure to bloodborne pathogens
will also be made on the WESTON Monthly Employee Health and Safety Report. As part of a medical
record, the circumstances of exposure will be kept confidential. Relevant information includes the
activities in which the worker was engaged at the time of exposure, the extent to which appropriate work
practices and PPE were used, and a description of the source of exposure (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).
When the source is tested for 1-IJV or Hl3V, the incident report is updated and placed in a confidential file.
Dates
This plan will be effective on 31 October, 1992.
Rcvisc<l I l/1999
C:\My Do<-umrnu\lM.$\fi<-IJManRn1!100 doc
FLD44-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
n
u
m
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ATT ACIIMENT I
INFORMATION ON INFECTION AND BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS
EXPOSURE PREVENTION PLAN -FIRST AID PROVIDERS
C.\My Dorumrms\H&S\J"idJM:mRnlQOO dor
FLD44-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
General Information on Bloodbornc Pathogens
INFECTION
From a definitive standpoint, infection is a state· of condition in which the body or part of the body has
been invaded by a pathogenic agent (microorganism or vims) which,undcr favorable conditions,
multiplies and produces effects which arc injurious. The principal causes of infections arc agents
belonging to the following groups: vimses, bacteria, rickettsias, fungi and animal parasites.
Microorganisms may gain entry into tissue through the gastrointestinal tract, as in typhoid fever, through
the respiratory tract, as in tuberculosis and common colds, through wounds, as in rabies, through
contaminatc,d objects as in tetanus or insect bites (as in malaria and yellow fever).
CHAIN OF INFECTION
The infectious process can best be compared to a chain with six interrelated links, all of which must be
present for an infection to take place.
INFECTIOUS AGENT
The first of these links is the etiologic agent itself -any bacterium, fungus, vims or other microorganism.
Not only must the organism be present, it must also be pathogenic, or capable of causing disease.
Fortunately, most microorganism do not fall into this category, and some are even directly beneficial. For
example, Evcherichia coli, a very common bacterium found in the gut, can cause various types of
infectious complications in a weakened host. However, this organism is also beneficial through its
production of Vitamin K, a necessary component in the blood clotting process.
A factor critical to this link involves a phenomenon known as infective dose. Seldom, if ever, has the
transmission of disease resulted from the transfer of a single microorganism. It usually requires
thousands-to-millions of such agents before infection can actually take place. The actual number of
infectious particles necessary to induce infection varies with the particular pathogen in question. It may
only take the ingestion of 1,000 salmonella to produce typhoid fever. Hepatitis B, on the other hand,
necessitates an infective dose of approximately I 00,000 viral particles.
RESERVOIR
The second major link involves the presence of a reservoir or source which will allow for microbial
survival and, perhaps, even multiplication of a potential pathogen. Common reservoirs would include the
multitude of supplies and equipment which are used in patient care. The role played by food and drink,
linen and other inanimate objects is of comparatively minor significance when measured against that
played by the major reservoir, the human being.
Most infections are caused by the patient's own microbial flora. This is not too surprising given the actual
number of microorganisms which can nonnally be found in and on the human body. Each person carries
on their skin approximately I 0,000 microorganisms per square inch. Adults average about 20 million
microorganisms on their skin alone. In the oral cavity, there are approximately I 00 billion
microorganisms, and in the lower colon there are an excess of I trillion.
PORTAL OF EXIT
The third link is the presence of a source from which the pathogen can emerge, a portal of exit. Obvious
portals of exit will include the respiratory tract, vascular system, skin and mucous membranes as well as
Revised 11/1999
FLD44-I0
I
I
I
I
g
a
D
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
the gastrointestinal and genitourinary tracts. Each or these portals of exits is peculiar to given diseases,
For example, tuberculosis and influenza would involve only the respiratory tract, and typhoid fever the
gastrointestinal tract. When considering the transmission of any infectious disease, bear in mind the portal
of exit specific to that given pathogenic agent.
MODE OF TRANSMISSION
The fourth link, a mode of transmission, is one over which there is a great deal of control. It is this which
is, by far, the easiest to break.
Transmission can occur in one of four ways: contact; airborne; vehicular; and vector modes of spread.
Vector involves the transmission of pathogens via insect, animal or plant vectors.
The transfer of infectious agents through vehicular means (fomitcs) is not a common event. Nonetheless,
it can and docs occur. Examples would include food borne outbreaks such as cholera and hepatitis A.
llie vehicular spread of disease is relatively uncommon in health care settings within the United States.
Another mode of transmission involves the airborne route. Several diseases are spread in this manner, the
most notable being tuberculosis. Many of the so called "childhood diseases," measles, mumps, and
chicken pox, can be spread this way. Control of the airborne spread of disease usually involves good
vcntilatory patterns and caution when coming into close proximity with infected individuals.
The major mode of disease transfer involves contact transmission. This take place either through direct or
indirect contact, or through droplet spread involving contact with exhaled respiratory secretions. Direct
contact transmission primarily involves person-to-person spread through actual physical contact, such as
with the unwashed hands of a patient care provider.
Indirect contact transmission can be the result of patient contact with some contaminated intermediate
object such as irrigating solutions or respiratory therapy equipment. Droplet spread can occur as the result
of contact with respiratory secretions through such means as sneezing or coughing. These various forms
of contact transmission account for numerous types of infectious complications including staphylococcal,
streptococcal and herpes infections, scabies and influenza.
PORTAL OF ENTRY
The fifth link in the chain requires a suitable portal of entry. The avenues for gaining entry into the body
are, in most instances, identical to the portals of exit. For example, only the respiratory tract would be
involved in tuberculosis, blood with hepatitis and HIV, the gastrointestinal tract with salmonella. Body
trauma, needle stick and puncture injuries arc other potential portals of entry. The vast majority of
infectious disease and infectious conditions require very specific portals of entry.
SUSCEPTIBILITY
The last major link involves the necessity for a susceptible host, someone who lacks effective resistance to
a given pathogenic agent. There is a variety of host factors which must be met before infection can occur.
Very few organisms can gain entrance through nonnal intact skin. Most require some breach in skin
Revised 11/1999
C\My l1<>c-urn,n1s\lt&S\fi,ldManRn~200 doc
FLD44-I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
integrity. Other less obvious lines of defense include tears, gastric acid and cilia of the nose and upper
respiratory tract. One's ability to mount a local inflammatory response provides yet another non-specific
host defense mechanism.
There arc, however, several biologic factors which serve to decrease, rather than increase, a resistance to
infection. Extremes in age, either the very young or.the very old, are associated with decreased resistance.
Other factors such as major surgery and the presences of chronic diseases ( diabetes, neoplasia, blood
disorders) can alter host resistance. Malnutrition, anemia and chronic alcoholism also have pronounced
cfTccts on the ability to combat disease (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).
HEPATITIS 8 VIRUS
DEFINITION
The term "hepatitis" simply means an inflammation of the liver. This condition can be caused by a wide
variety of agents, including medications, alcohol, toxic or poisonous substances and infectious agents such
as viruses. Hepatitis B, fonncrly known as "scrum" hepatitis, is the only fonn of viral hepatitis that poses
a significant occupational threat in the health care environment.
SYMPTOMS
HBY is a disease that causes liver damage, the severity of which can range from mild or even inapparent
to severe or fatal. Of the infected individuals, 6 -I 0% will become HBV carriers. Carriers arc at risk of
developing chronic liver disease, including active hepatitis, cirrhosis, and primary liver cancer, and are
infectious to others (USHHS and NJOSH, 1989).
SOURCES OF INFECTION
The hepatitis 13 vims has been isolated from vanous body fluids including blood, semen, vaginal
secretions, breast milk, saliva, and serous fluid. Within the health care setting, however, hepatitis B is
thought to be transmitted primarily by percutaneous or pcrmucosal exposure to contaminated blood. Such
exposure usually consists of inoculation of contaminated blood through such means as needle sticks or the
splashing of blood or blood tinged body fluids into the eyes or mouth.
RISK
There is a direct relationship between the likelihood of occupational hepatitis 8 infection and the
frequency of blood contact. Health care professionals such as surgeons, operating room-staff, pathologists
and emergency room personnel exhibit a very high incidence of exposure to this virus. It is the frequency
of blood contact which detennines the level of risk.
PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Protective measures against hepatitis B infection include good hand washing practices caution and proper
technique in the handing of needles, sharp supplies and instnnnents that may be contaminated. Excellent
protective treatment for or prevention of this disease is afforded by both hepatitis 13 inunune globulin
(HBIG) and by hepatitis B vaccine. Either or both of these should be given as soon as possible aflcr any
documented exposure to blood (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).
FLD44-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS
DEFINITION
Human Immunodeficiency Syndrome or AIDS is a severe viral disease only recently introduced into the
Untied States. AIDS severely affects the immune system and is characterized by a multitude of
opportunistic infections.
The AIDS vims (HIV or human immunodeficiency virus) is typical of most vimscs in that it cannot
survive for any appreciable amount of time outside of its human host. Its presence in the general
environment is extremely unlikely and would be limited to body secretions, primarily blood and semen.
Being an unstable vims, HIV is very susceptible to a large number of common household disinfectants.
SYl\-lPTOMS
The outcome or manifestation of illness varies with individuals infected with the virus.
Some infected persons have no disease symptoms and may not show outward signs of the disease for
many years.
Some infected persons suffer less severe symptoms than do those with diagnosed cases of AIDS. These
lesser symptoms may include loss of appetite, weight loss, fever, night sweats, skin rashes, diarrhea,
tiredness, lack ofresistancc to infection, and swollen lymph nodes.
AIDS is the result of the progressive destruction ofa persons immune system, which is the body's defense
against disease. This destmction allows diseases that the body can normally fight to threaten the person's
health and life. A particularly dangerous type of pneumonia and certain other infections often invade a
body weakened by HIV. HIV can also attack the nervous system and cause damage to the brain. This
may take years to develop. The symptoms may include memory loss, indifference, loss of coordination,
partial paralysis, or mental disorder (USHHS and NIOSH, 1989).
SOURCES OF INFECTION
The various modes by which HIV can be transmitted are well defined. Male homosexual and bisexual
practices along with intravenous (IV) drug abuse are certainly two major means of transmission.
Although not as efficient a mode of spread, heterosexual transmission does occur, and is increasing in
incidence in several countries around the world. Comparatively fewer individuals have contracted AIDS
as the result of receiving contaminated blood or blood products. In addition, the advent of laboratory tests
to detect infection with HIV has all but eliminated any possibility of this mode of transmission.
AIDS is not hereditary, but it can be congenital. In fact, vertical transmission which involves passage of
the virus from an infected woman to her unborn child, is the third major means of transmission and
accounts for the majority of cases of pediatric AIDS.
RISK
"n1cre is a common misconception that health care workers are at high risk for acquiring HIV infection
through occupational exposure. In truth, studies confirm the fact that this supposed risk is far less than
one percent. Of the thousands of health care worke"rs in the United Stales and other parts of the world
Revised 11/1999
C:\r,,.\ ,-Dornroc,,.,111& S\rir IJManRn'll200 doc
FLD44-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
who have been exposed to HIV through patient contact, very few have developed subsequent infection.
PROTECTIVE MEASURES
AIDS is a concern of immense proportion to the health care community. However, from an occupational
health point of view, there is little reason for undue concern regarding this vims. Simple employment of
good personal hygiene, common sense and the barrier techniques which arc discussed in this plan will
serve well to prevent health care workers from contracting HIV infection or any other serious illness in the
workplace (Johnson and Johnson, 1992).
OTHER BLOODHORNE PATHOGENS
Although not a complete listing the following indicates several additional infectious diseases which arc
spread by contact with contaminated blood or body fluids.
SYPIIILIS
Syphilis is caused by infection with Trcponema pallidum, a spirochete (a thin-walled, spiral-shaped
bacteria). Syphilis, a sexually transmitted infectious disease, is becoming increasingly prevalent in the
United States. The natural history of syphilis is characterized by an incubation period of IO to 90 days
during which the patient is scronegativc and asymptomatic. Aller this incubation period, a primary stage
occurs, usually characterized by the appearance of a single lesion, or chancre, and nonnally accompanied
by reactivity in scrologic tests. Untreated, the primary lesion heals in weeks. Within weeks to months, a
variable systemic illness, the secondary stage, characterized by rash, fever and widespread hcmatogenous
and lymphatic dissemination of spirochetes occurs. All infected persons have reactive serologic tests in
this stage. Over two-thirds of patients then go into a latent phase when they are asymptomatic. After a
variable period of latency, the rest progress to a tertiary stage with high morbidity and mortality including
involvement of skin, bones, central nervous and cardiovascular systems. During the course of untreated
syphilis, spirochetes may be intcnnittcntly found in the bloodstream. Syphilis can probably be transmitted
throughout the course of illness, however, not as readily as during primary and tertiary stages. Although
s,>philis is mainly transmitted sexually or "in-utero", cases of transmission by necdlcstick, tattooing, and
blood transfosion have been documented.
MALARIA
Malaria is a potentially fatal mosquito-borne parasitic infection of the blood cells characterized by
paroxysms (sudden, periodic or reoccurring cases) of fever, chills, and anemia. Although not wide-spread
in the United States, cases of mosquito borne infection have been documented. The incubation period for
malaria in man is based upon which of the four types of spore-forming protozoa caused the disease,
typical however, arc ranges from 12 days to over IO months. Symptoms range from various disorders of
the digestive and nervous systems characterized by periodic chills, fever and sweats.
ARHOVIRAL INFECTIONS
Arboviral (arthropod-borne) infections (e.g., yellow fever, equine encephalitis, Colorado tick fever)
generally do not lead to high or sustained levels ofvircmia in humans, therefore, there is little potential for
person-to-person transmission of these infections through blood products or ncedlcstick injury. The
exception is Colorado tick fever caused by a tick-borne vims which infects red-blood cells. Within 3-14
days following tick exposures, the patient experiences fever, chills, headache, muscle and back aches.
Several hundred cases arc reported annually and transmission by blood transfosion has been documented.
Rcviso:.I I 1/1999
FLD44-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
u
ti
I
ATTACIIMENT2
TASK BY TASK IDENTIFICATION OF RISK AND PROTECTION
C:\My Oonnnrras',ll&S\1-"i,klManRn-B:OO 00<"
FLD44-l 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EMERGENCY
SITUATION
Victim is lying on the
ground
Victims hrcathing has
ceased
No pulse
Victim is lying on the
ground
Choking without
stoppage of breathing
Heart Attack
Hlccding with spurting
blood
Minimal bleedine
Compound fractures
Burns
Poisoning
Diabetic shock
Bites and stings
Seizures
Stroke
Heat Stress/Cold Stress
Victim has fainted
CW) lhxumrr-..111&:S\FiddManR..-.8200 doc
CPR AND FIRST AID
SERVICE POTENTIAL PPE REQUIR~:D CONTACT
Primary survey of victim and Skin to skin contact Gloves
opening victims airway
Rescue breathing Skin to skin contact Gloves
Mouth to mouth Resuscitation
contact mouthpiece
CPR Skin to skin contact Gloves
Resuscitation
mouthpiece
Secondary survey of victim Skin to skin contact Gloves
Heimlich maneuver Skin lo skin contact None required if skin is
intact
Non-intact skin
requires gloves
Comfort victim Skin to skin contact Gloves
External control Skin to skin contact Gloves
Gown or coveralls
Apron
Mask
Eycwear
Boot cover
External control Skin to skin contact Gloves
External control Skin to skin contact Gloves
External control Skin to skin contact Gloves
If induced vomiting is needed Skin to skin contact Gloves
Gown
Mask
Eyewear
Boot cover
Giving an injection Sharps from needle Gloves
could cause direct Sharps container
iniection
Giving an injection Sharps from needle Gloves
could cause direct Sharps container
injection
External control Eyes and skin contact Gloves
Gown
Mask
E;tewear
Provide comfo11 none None required
External control Skin to skin contact Gloves
Raise legs for shock Skin to skin contact Gloves
Revised 11/1999
FLD44-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
0
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EJ\,U:RGENCY
SITUATION
Victim foils down in
hazardous atmosphere
Soiled clothes handling
Decontamination
Containerization
C":\My IH><:urncnt,ltl&S\fi<-!dJl.bnR~v8100 doc
CPR ANO FIRST AID
SERVICE POTENTIAL rn: REQUIRED CONTACT
Rescue victim from area Skin to skin contact Gloves
Place soiled clothing and Skin contact with Gloves
materials in re,Vorange bag bloodbome pathogens Gown
in clothing fabrics
Scmh with disinfectant Skin contact with Gloves
bloodbome pathogens Gown
in clothing fabrics
Place contaminated clothing Potential skin contact Gloves
into bags with residual Gown
bloodbome pathogen
on bags
Rl:'i~ 11/1999
FLD44-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
D
u
I
I C:\My "'"'"""'n1,\Jl,t,S\/"i<ldManKrv8200 doc
ATfACIIMENT 3
D~:CLINATION OF VACCINATION
FLD44-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
HEPATITIS B VACCINE DECLINATION
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may
be at risk of acquiring hepatitis 13 vims (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be
vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I decline hepatitis 13 vaccination at
this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a
serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially
infectious materials aml I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis 13 vaccine, I can receive the vaccination
series at no charge to me.
Employee Signature Date
Employee Name (Print)
Employee Number
SO Signature Date
Rt-vised 11/1999
C:\My ll,><:un1r1ns\Jl&SU'icldManR~,·8200 doc
FLD44-19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
0
I
I
References
Centers for Disease Control. Recommendations Against Viral Hepatitis. MMWR 1985; 34:313-324,
329-335.
Centers for Disease Control. Centers for Disease Control. Recommendations for Prevention of HIV
Transmission in Health-Care Settings. MMWR 1987; 36 (suppl 2S).
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and National lnstih1te for Occupational Safety and
Health. A Curriculum Guide for Public-Safety and Emergency-Response Workers. NIOSH 89-108.
Johnson and Johnson Medical Inc. Bloodborne Infections: A Practical Guide to OSHA Compliance.
Rcvist-d 11/1999
FLD44-20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a
H
n
FLD47
Contents:
Purpose
Training
CLEARING, GRUBBING AND LOGGING OPERATIONS
Hazard Evaluation
Evaluation Sequence
Limitations to RFW-Pcrformcd Activities
Limitations Due to Environmental Conditions
Procedures and Inspection Checklist
Definitions
Training Outline
Purpose:
Return to top
This Operating Practice covers safety procedures that must be evaluated and utilized for all types of
clearing, grubbing and logging activities (i.e., operations associated with the felling and moving of
trees, brush and logs), regardless of the end use of the wood. The primary purpose of this Operating
Practice is to evaluate safe practices by WESTON personnel who occasionally must use chain saws
and other equipment to perform limited tasks. This practice will cover specifics relative to chain saw
use and the use of equipment for logging tasks. Performance of logging activities by WESTON
personnel is limited to trained personnel performing small-scale ancillary tasks within the criteria
outlined in this Operating Practice. Basic subcontractor compliance requirements can also be found
within this Operating Practice. For comprehensive requirements, reference 29 CFR 1910.266.
Training:
Any employee or subcontractor performing logging tasks must provide documentation of training to
the Project and/or Site Manager prior to performance of task activities. Subcontractors may document
compliance with requirements of 29 CFR 1910.266 by means of individual certificates or by a letter
that certifies compliance by all subcontract employees.
Minimal Training Requirements for WESTON Personnel:
Fonnal and Documented Overview of this Operating Practice and OSHA's Logging Regulation (29
CFR 1910.266). Sec Attached
WESTON employee training may be Vendor or WESTON-provided.
Project Managers arc responsible for verifying that personnel arc appropriately trained and prepared to
perform tasks necessary.
Ilazanl Evaluation:
Any logging, clearing or grubbing activity must be evaluated for known and anticipated or potential
hazards prior to beginning task. Hazard evaluation must include, but not necessarily be limited to;
terrain, weather, tree size and lean, tree configuration and condition (e.g., visible dead wood, rotting,
fungal growth, lack of new growth, etc.), potential for throwback during felling and proximity to other
workers, utilities and equipment.
Revised 07/2000
FLD47-I
I
I
I
I
I
D
n
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Any unusual or unfamiliar hazard must be brought to the attention of the site manager or site safety
officer and evaluated prior to perfonning task. Conditions and tasks beyond the training ability or skill
of the employee shall not be conducted.
Evaluation Sequence:
Logging activities are not routine WESTON tasks. As such, logging tasks on WESTON sites must be
performance-evaluated in the following sequence:
I. Subcontractor Perfonned (first option). Assumption is that any clearing, grubbing or logging
task can be performed more efficiently and economically by a subcontractor than by WESTON
personnel.
2. Mechanical Clearing by WESTON personnel (second option). Assumption is that clearing,
gmbbing and logging tasks can be more efficiently and safely perfonned using heavy
equipment.
3. Hand and Power Tools by WESTON personnel (last option). After evaluation of above,
applies to tasks limited as described below.
Limitations to RFW-Performed activities:
Since WESTON personnel do not typically pcrfonn clearing or logging act1VIl!es, the following
limitations on tree felling are ncccs·sary to limit employee risk. For those hazards or tasks that exceed
the limitations indicated, work must be performed by subcontractor.
Manual Felling:
Limited to trained employees with PPE and other equipment appropriate to the task. All hazards
evaluated and work sequence planned prior to task perfonnance. Additional limitations include:
o Tree size limited to less than 12 inches diameter.
o Chain saw bar maximum size limited to 16 inches.
o No climbing or elevated platfonn cuts unless limited to non-powered hand tools for nuisance limb
clearing.
o Felling cuts limited to the Open Face Cut.
o No felling of "Danger Trees" (i.e., standing trees that present employee hazard due to conditions
such as, but not limited to, deterioration or physical damage to the root system, tnmk, stem or
limbs, inappropriate direction or lean of the tree, prominent fork in tnmk or double trees, creating
potential felling hazard, hung or entangled trees and snags that create unreasonable risk to the feller
during manual cuts).
o Danger trees as defined are to be removed by mechanical aid or subcontractor.
o No felling of"Spring poles" created during felling unless employee specifically qualified to release
created tension, otherwise these must be mechanically removed.
o No felling of trees located within 2 tree length distance to hazards such as active roadways,
elevated utility lines, buildings, etc.
o No felling on sloping terrain such that safe felling and retreat is compromised.
Mechanical Felling:
o Tree size limited to less than 12 inches diameter.
o Trees cannot be located within 2 tree length distance to hazards such as active roadways, elevated
utility lines, buildings, etc.
Revisl-d 07/2000
C.\My l"locumrn1,\!l&SIJ irl<!~lanRr,~l(I() d<><
FLD47-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o All hazards evaluated and sequence planned prior to task.
o Limited to trained and experienced equipment operators with equipment appropriate to task.
o Compliance with 29 CFR 1910.266 required.
Limitations Due to Environmental Conditions:
Work perfonncd by either subcontract or self-perfomiance must be stopped and employees moved to
safe areas when environmental conditions such as, but not limited to, electrical stonns, high winds,
heavy rain, fog, or snow, extreme cold, or darkness arc imminent.
2.1 Clearing, Gruhhing and Logging Procedures Checklist
All hand tools, power tools, required safety equipment, and supplies must be inspected before use on
each shift. Damaged or missing items must be repaired or replaced before work startup.
Safety Precautions:
□ First Aid Kits: WESTON corporate requirements apply.
o Fire Extinguishers: WESTON corporate requirements apply.
o Work Areas: Established and communicated to maintain safe work conditions for each employee.
o Signaling Equipment: Hand or audible, discemable above background noise. Air horn suggested.
□ Hand and Power Tools Inspection Requirements:
o Handles/Guards proper and in place.
o Controls operational.
o Impact and driving tools in proper condition.
o Cutting edges sharp and properly shaped.
o All safety devices in place and operational (chain brakes, throttle return springs, etc.).
o Operation and Maintenance manuals available on-site for machines such as chain-saws and
chippers.
o For USACE field operations, complianc_c with EM 385-1-1, Section 31 is required.
Personal Protective Equipment:
o Hand Protection: Adequate for protection from puncture wounds, cuts, lacerations.
o Leg Protection: Chain saw operators must wear cut-resistant (e.g., ballistic nylon or equivalent) leg
protection which covers full length from thigh to the top of the boot for each leg (for subcontracted
operations see exceptions in 29 CFR 1910.266( d) if necessary).
□ Foot Protection: Water-proof or water repellent, cover and support the ankle. If operating a chain
saw, material must be cut-resistant (e.g., multiple layers of material such as ballistic nylon, kcvlar,
etc.). Cut-resistant material can be intrinsic to the boot constmction or as an approved
supplemental attachment.
o Head Protection: Hard hats required.
o Hearing Protection: Hearing protection capable of reducing the noise level to less than 85 dB A will
be required.
o Eye Protection: Safety glasses required.
o Face Protection: ANSI approved safety glasses and face shield required when operating chipper.
Face shield (e.g. mesh screen or ANSI clear) required when operating chain saw, unless
determined that use of face shield creates greater hazard.
Rcvi:,,t>tl 07/2000
FLD47-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
B
u
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chain Saw Use Checklist:
□ Chain saws meet requirements of ANSI 13175.1-1991 "Safety Requirements for Gasoline Powered
Chain Saws".
o Select appropriate size and type based upon hazard evaluation and operating procedure.
□ Read and understand operation manual for saw in use.
o Ensure appropriate PPE available, inspected and used.
o Ensure chain saw chain is properly sharpened and tensioned on the bar.
□ Ensure proper lubrication.
□ Ensure proper liiel mixture based upon manufacture's direction.
□ Follow inspection procedures defined by manufacture and regulation.
□ Evaluate hazards as defined and determine retreat path.
□ Choose appropriate felling method based upon tree in question and conditions.
□ Clear felling area and retreat path.
□ Perform felling task as planned and trained.
o Perform limbing and bucking only as necessary and in accordance with hazard evaluation and
training.
□ Only authorized personnel will operate chain saws.
□ Chain saw li,elcd minimum IO feet from open flame or other ignition source.
□ Chain saw started minimum IO feet from fueling area.
□ Chain saw started only on the ground or where otherwise firmly supported. No drop-starting.
□ Chain saw shut down or chain brake engaged during retreat after felling or if saw carried further
than 50 feet or at anytime terrain or other conditions create employee hazard.
2.2 Chipper Operations Requirements
□ Read and understand operation manual. Note that WESTON will additionally follow the
requirements of the Corps of Engineers Safety Manual, EM 385-1-1, Section 31.D.03 as relates to
chipper use and safety requirements.
o Ensure appropriate PPE available, inspected and used. Note that PPE includes full-face eye
protection (safety glasses and face shield) meeting requirements of Subpart I of 29 CFR 1910.133.
The use of logger-type mesh screen shields are not acceptable for chipping operations.
□ All chippers equipped with appropriate guardsChipper access covers or doors are not to be opened
until drnm or disc is at complete stop.
□ Inlet and discharge ports on chippers shall be guarded to prevent contact with the disc, knives, or
blower blades.
□ Chipper shall be shut down and locked out prior to servicing or maintenance in accordance with
manufacture and 29 CFR 1910.147.
□ Chippers shall be chocked to prevent rolling or sliding as necessary.
Definitions:
Clearing, Grnbbing: operation refers to the removal of stumps, brnsh and other vegetation by hand or
machine.
Logging Operations: operations associated with felling and moving trees and logs from the stump to
the point of delivery, such as, but not limited to; marking, felling, bucking, li111bing, debarking,
chipping, yarding, loading, unloading, storing, and transporting machines, equipment and personnel
from one site to another.
Rcvisctl 07/2000
FU)47-4
I
I
I
I
g
D
D
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Throwback or Crown Shatter: occurs when either the crown or top of the felled tree or nearby tree
snaps off or shatters, hurling branches in various directions. Throwback can also refer to the process
when a portion of the felled tree (or portions of other trees contacted during the felling process) causes
branches or other pieces of the tree to spring back in directions opposite the felling line.
Felling: the act of cutting down trees.
Spring Pole: a tree, segment of a tree, limb, or sapling that is under stress or tension due to the pressure
or weight of another object.
Limbing: to cut the limbs from the tree.
Bucking: to cut the felled tree or limbs into smaller pieces.
Open-Face Cut: is the notch cut on the side of the tree on which it is expected to fall. The open-face
notch refers to the combination of the top and bottom cuts meeting such that the resulting angle is from
70 to 90 degrees open.
Backcut or felling cut: the final cut in a felling operation, made horizontally on the opposite side from
the notch cut (sec open-face c11t).
Hinge: is the wood fibers lefi between the notch cut and felling cut. The hinge is lcfi in the felling
process to direct the fall, allow the tree to stay on the stump longer and keep the tree from twisting
and/or foiling in the wrong direction.
Danger Tree: a standing tree that presents a hazard to employees due to conditions such as, but not
limited to; deterioration or physical damage to the root system, tnmk, stem or limbs, and the direction
and lean of the tree.
Training Otitline: WESTON Personnel
Frequency of training:
Under 29 CFR I 910.266, training requirements under the logging standard must be provided as
follows:
I. Prior to initial assignment for tasks involving the logging standard.
2. Whenever the employee is assigned new tasks, equipment, vehicles or machines.
3. Whenever an employee demonstrates unsafe job performance.
Minimal Oulline and Materials:
Handouts: Copy of Field Operating Procedure (Fld 47).
Available for Instructor: Copy of29 CFR 1910.266
Video: (LC02)
Estimated contact time: 60 minutes.
Minimal Content:
I. Review all areas of Field Operating Practice for Clearing, Grubbing and Logging.
2. View and discussion of Video (LC02).
FLD47-5
Rcvise<l 07/2000
I
I
I
I
g
D
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Outline Major categories (s11bparagraphs and appendices as follows) of OSHA 29 CFR 1910.266.
(Minimal discussion for areas not covered in review of Items I or 2).
General Requirements for Personal Protective Equipment
First Aid Kits
Seat Belt Use
Fire Extinguishers
Environmental Conditions
Work Areas
Signaling and Signal Equipment
Overhead Utility Lines
Flammable and Combustible Liquids
Explosives and Blasting Agents
Hand and Power Tools
General Requirements
Chain Saws
Machines
Tree llarvcsling l'roccdnrcs
General Requirements
Manual Felling
13ucking and Limbing
Chipping
Loading and Unloading
Training
Appendix A (First Aid Kits)
Appendix B (First aid and CPR Training)
On !he .Job Training for Chain Saw and Chipper Operations:
Provided by experienced personnel. Training will consist of:
Review of Operations Manual
Review of equipment and protective equipment requirements.
Observation for competency during task operations.
C :\My Donn,.,n1s\J I& $\l"iddM.mRn1!?00 doc
FLD47-6
Revised 07/2000
I
I
I
I
I
I
g
0
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
APPENDIX B
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDSs)
NOR/K:\WPI 12720\hosp002(rev0901 }.doc
HACH CO. --LIMESTONE
-----==============-----==-========================-==-
MSDS Safety Info=mation
-------------------=======-==========================--,sc: 6630
NIIN: 00-133-0697
MSDS Date: 09/12/1993
MSDS Num: BVGYN
?roduct ID: LIMESTONE
ME'N: 08
Kit Part: Y
~esponsible ?arty
Cage: 91224
Name: HACH CO.
Box: 389
City: LOVELAND CO 80539
Info Phone Number: 800-227-4224
E,nergency Phone NuS!ber: 800-227-4224 OR 303-623-5716
Preparer's Name: UNKNOWN
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
========================-=---------====================
Contractor Summary
------------------=======------========================
Cage: 4T252
Name: HACH COMPANY
Address: 100 DAYTON RD.
Box: 907
City: AMES IA 50010
Phone: •800-227-4224
Cage: 91224
Name: HACH COMPANY
Address: 5600 LINDBERGH DR
Box: 608
City: LOVELAND CO 80538
Phone: [phone]/
-----------------======------------=-==================
Item Description Information
------------------.---=--------------===================
Item Manager: A12
Item Name: WATER QUALITY CONTROL SET
Specification Number: NONE
Type/Grade/Class: NONE
Unit of Issue: S~
UI Container Qty: UNKNOWN
Type of Container: UNKNOWN
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/93/bvgyn.html 06/15/2001
=========--============================================
Ingredients
----=====--============================================
Cas: 1317-65-3
RTECS #: EV9580000
Name: CALCIUM CARBONATE (MARBLE) (LIMESTONE)
% Wt: 100
Other RE:C Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 15 MG/M3 TDUST
ACGIH TLV: 10 MG/M3 TDUST; 9394
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
-----====-------=======================================
LOSO LCSO Mixture: ORAL LOSO (RAT) IS UNKNOWN
Route Of Entry Inds -Inhalation: YES
Skin: NO
Ingestion: YES
Carcinogenicity Inds -NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
~ffects of Exposure: ACUTE: EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE EYE & RESPIRF.TORY TMCT
IRRITATION, EXCESSIVE ORAL DOSES MAY CAUSE ALKALOSIS. CHRONIC: NONE SPECIFIED
BY MANUFACTURER,
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: NO INGREDIENTS OF A CONCENTRATION OF 0.1% OR
GRE:ATER IS LISTED AS A CARCINOGEN OR SUSPECTED CARCINOGEN.
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: EYES: BURNS, TEARING, PAIN, BLURRED
VISION, REDNESS. INHALED: COUGHING, SNEEZING.
Medical Cond Aggravated Sy Exposure: NONE REPORTED.
First Aid: EYE/SKIN CONTACT-IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER fOR 15 MINUTES.
CALL PHYSICIAN. fLUSH SKIN WITH LOTS OF WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHES.
INGE:STED-IF CONSCIOUS, GIVE 1-2 GLASSES OF WATER. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING!
CALL PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. INHALED: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR.
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: SWEEP UP SPILL. AVOID BREATHING MATERIAL. DISSOLVE: IN
WATER. FLUSH DOWN DRAIN WITH EXCESS Of WATER.
Neutralizing Agent: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Waste Disposal Methods: DISPOSE Of IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL
REGULATIONS.
Handling And Storage Precautions: STORE TIGHTLY CLOSED IN A COOL, DRY PLACE.
Other Precautions: AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Fire Fighting Procedures: NONE SPECIFIED SY MANUFACTURER. DLA-: FIREfIGHTERS
SHOULD WEAR fULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING INCLUDING POSITIVE-PRESSURE
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'93/bvgyn.html 06/15/200 I
1111 .. liliii .. lilil . illiil . liiiii .. . -. liiiil
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: MAY EMIT TOXIC FUMES OF CALCIUM OXIDE AND CARBON
DIOXIDE IN FIRE.
--=======----==========================================
Control Measures
---======----==========================================
Respiratory Protection: NONE NORMALLY REQUIRED. IF ENGINEERING CONTROLS FAIL OR
NON-ROUTINE USE OR EMERGENCY OCCURS; USE NIOSH/MSHA APPROVED RESPIRATOR OR
SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATOR OR SCBA, AS REQUIRED. USE IAW 29 CFR 1910.134 AND
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
Ventilation: PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
Protective Gloves: NONE NORMALLY REQUIRED.
Eye Protection: LAB GRADE GOGGLES
Other Protective Equipment: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER. DLA-: EYE WASH
STATION & SAFETY SHOWER.
Work Hygienic Practices: WASH HANDS AFTER USE AND BEFORE EATING, DRINKING, OR
SMOKING. LAUNDER CONTF.MINATED CLOTHES BEFORE REUSE.
Supplemental Safety and Health: KEYl=B3. CHANGE: 8745.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: Cl
B,P, Text: UNKNOWN
M.P/F.P Text: 1517F,825C
Decornp Text: ·1517F,825C
Vapor Pres: UNKNOWN
Vapor Density: UNKNOWN
Spec Gravity: 2.711
Evaporation Rate & Reference: N/K (N-BUTYL ACETATE=l)
Solubility in Water: SLIGHT
Appearance and Odor: WHITE, ODORLESS POWDER.
Corrosion Rate: 0.0 IPY
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Stability Condition To Avoid: CONTACT WITH STRONG MINERAL ACIDS, FLUORIN~,
MAGNESIUM WITH HYDROGEN.
Materials To Avoid: STRONG MINERAL ACIDS, FLUORINE, MAGNESIUM WITH HYDROGEN.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: CALCIUM OXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Toxicological Information
Ecological Information
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'93/bvgyn.html
==
06/15/2001
- -
!!!!!I liiiliil
-----=-------========================================== --========================--===========================
MSDS Transport Information
------------------======-==-------===================== ----------------==========----=========================
Regulatory Information
--------------------======-=-========================== =-=====================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
----------------------====-----=-======================
Transportation Information
=======================================================
Responsible Party Cage: 91224
Trans ID NO: 49298
Product ID: LIMESTONE
MSDS Prepared Date: 09/12/1993
Review Date: 10/28/1994·
MfN: 8
Net Unit Weight: UNKNOWN
Multiple KIT Number: 0
Kit Part IND: Y
Review IND: Y
Unit Of Issue:
Containe:c QTY:
SE
UNKNOWN
Type Of Container: UNKNOWN
==================-=---------=-========================
Detail DOT Information
=============-------=-==-----=-=-======================
DOT PSN Code: ZZZ
---
DOT Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANS?ORTATION
----=-=================================================
Detail IMO Information
=================------=-==============================
IMO PSN Code: zzz
-
IMO Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATE:D FOR THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
---------------=====-----------=-======================
Detail IATA Information
===================---------=--========================
IATA PSN Code: ZZZ
IATA Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANS?ORTATION
-----------============================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN Code: ZZZ
AFI' Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/93/bvgyn.html
-· ---
06/15/200 I
-~J..ZCOM Label
--========-=========================================-==
Product ID: LIMESTONE
Cage: 91224
Company Name: HACH COMPANY
Street: 5600 LINDBERGH DR
PO Sox: 608
City: LOVELAND CO
Zipcode: 80538
Health Emergency Phone: [phone] OR 303-623-5716
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 10/28/1994
Status Code: C
Label Date: 10/28/1994
Origination Code: F
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: CAUTION
Health Hazard: Slight
Contact Hazard: Slight
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: None
-·-
Hazard And Precautions: EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE EYE & RESPIRATORY TRACT
-
IRRITATION. EXCESSIVE ORAL DOSES MAY CAUSE ALKALOSIS. STORE TIGHTLY CLOSED IN
A COOL, DRY PLACE. IN CASE OF SPILL: SWEEP OP SPILL. AVOID 3REATHING
MATERIAL. DISSOLVE IN WATER. FLUSH DOWN DRAIN WITH EXCESS OF WATER. FIRST
AID: EYE/SKIN CONTACT-IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES. CALL
PHYSICIAN. ,LOSH SKIN WITH LOTS OF WATER. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHES.
INGESTED-Ir CONSCIOUS, GIVE 1-2 GLASSES OF WATER. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING!
CALL PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY. INHALED: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. TARGET ORGANS:
EYES, LONGS.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons Outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/fi'93/bvgyn.html 06/151200 I
CHSVRON CHEMICAL CO, CONSUMER --CPS 201110 REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINES
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
-=--------------=======================================
FSC: 9130
NIIN: 00-148-7104
MSDS Dace: 11/15/1995
MSDS Num: CBRVY
Product ID: CPS 201110 REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINES
MFN: 01
Responsible Party
Cage: OACV2
Name: CHEVRON CHEMICAL CO, CONSUMER PROD DIV
Address: 575 MARKET ST
Box: 3744
City: SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2823
Info Phone Number: 510-242-5357/415-894-1899
Emergency Phone Number: 800-234-0623/800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
---===-----------======================================
Preparer Co. when other than Responsible Party Co.
------=================================================
Cage: OACV2
Name: CHEVRON CHEMICAL CO DIV OF CHEVRON US A INC
Address: 63149 COLUMBIA RIVER HWY
Box: 810
City: ST. HELENS OR 97051
======-=-==============================================
Contractor Summary
=======================================================
Cage: OACV2
Name: CHEVRON CHEMICAL CO DIV OF CHEVRON US A INC
Address: 63149 COLUMBIA RIVER HWY
Box: 810
City: ST. HELENS OR 97051
Phone: [phone]
Cage: 8X116
Name: CHEVRON USA PRODUCTS COMPANY
Address: 575 MARKET ST
City: SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2856
Phone: [phone]
-=----=================================================
Item Description Info~mation
Item Manager: S9G
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'95/cbrvy.html 06/15/2001
---- --·-··-· - - - ---------•-·v,_ -Item Name: GASOLINE,AUTOMOTIVE
Specification Number: VV-V-00169A
Type/Grade/Class: CL A,B,C,D,E;GR PREM
Unit of Issue: GL
UI Container Qty: BULK
Type of Container: BULK
===============-------=================================
Ingredients
---------------------=-==-=-----=======================
RTECS #: 1008765GU
Name: GASOLINE (GENERIC)
% Wt: 100
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
Cas: 71-43-2
RTECS #: CY1400000
Name: BENZ::NE (SARA 313) (CERCLA)
%Wt:<4.2
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: SEE 1910.1028
P.CGIH TLV: 10 P?M; A2; 9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
Cas: 100-41-4
RTECS #: DA0700000
Name: ETHYL BENZENE (SARA 313)
% Wt: >1. 0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 100 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 100 PPM/125STEL;9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
Cas: 1330-20-7
RTECS #: ZE2100000
Name: XYLENES (0-,M-, P-ISOMERS) (SARA 313) (CERCLA); (DIMETHYLBENZENE)
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 100 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 100 PPM/150STEL; 9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
Cas: 108-88-3
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/95/cbrvy.html 06/15/200 I
RTECS #: XS5250000
Name: TOLUENE (SARA 313) (CERCLA)
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 200 PPM; Z-2
ACGIH TLV: S, 50 PPM; 9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
Cas: 110-54-3
RTECS #: MN9275000
Name: HEXANE (N-HEXANE) (CERCLA)
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 500 PPM
ACGIR TLV: 50 PPM; 9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 1 LB
DOT Rpt Qty: 1 LB
Cas: 106-97-8
RTECS #: EJ4200000
Name: BUTANE
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 800 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 800 PPM; 9596
Cas: 109-66-0
RTECS #: RZ9450000
Name: PSNTANE
% Wt: >l.O
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 1000 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 600 PPM/750STEL;9596
Cas: 142-82-5
RTECS #: MI7700000
Name: N-HEPTANE
% Wt: >l.O
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA ?EL: 500 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 400 PPM/500STEL;9596
Cas: 108-87-2
RTECS #: GV6125000
Name: METHYLCYCLOHEXANE
% Wt: >1.0
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'95/cbrvy .html 06/15/200 I
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 500 PPM
l'.CGrn TLV: 400 PPM; 9596
Cas: 25551-13-7
RTECS #: DC3220000
Name: TRIMETHYL BENZENE
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMME:NDED
OSHA PEL: 25 PPM
1:1.CGIH TLV: 25 PPM; 9596
Cas: 540-81-1
RTECS #: SA3320000
Name: 2, 2, 4-TRIMETHYLPENTANE I ISO-OCTANE) {CERCLA)
% Wt: >1.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
Name: CAN CONTAIN INGREDS 14, 15, 16, OR 17.
% Wt: NA
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
Cas: 1634-04-4
RTECS #: KN5250000
Name: METHYL TERT-BUTYL ETHER {SARA 313) {CERCLA)
% Wt: <15.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA ?EL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: 40 PPM, A3; 9596
EPA Rpt Qty: 1 LB
DOT Rpt Qty: l LB
Cas: 637-92-3
RTECS #: KN4730200
Name: ETHYL TERT-BUTYL ETHER
% Wt: <18.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED --------------------·---------
Cas: 994-05-8
RTECS #: 1007422AM
Name: TERT-AMYL METHYL ETHER
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/ti'9 5/cbrvy .html 06/15/2001
- -l!!!!!!!!I !!!!! I!!!! -== == =----liiliil
% Wt: <i7.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
Cas: 64-17-5
RTECS #: KQ6300000
Name: ET:lYL ALCOHOL (ETHANOL) (ONLY ADDED IN LIMITED SPECEIC DISTRIBUTION
AREAS).
% Wt: <10.0
Other REC Limits: NONE RECOMMENDED
OSHA PEL: 1000 PPM
ACGIH TLV: 1000 PPM; 9596
----------=-===========================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LOSO LCSO Mixture: ORLA LOSO IN RATS IS >5ML/KG.
Route Of Sntry Inds -Inhalation: YSS
Skin: YES
Ingestio!'!: NO
Carcinogenicity Inds -NTP: YES
IARC: YES
OSHA: YES
Effects of Exposure: EYE:LIQ/VAP/MIST SPRAY/FUMES SLIGHTLY IRRIT,?ROL
IMPAIRMENT OF VISION. SKIN :MODERATE IRRIT, PROL INJURY. PRACTICALLY N ON-TOXIC
TO INTSRNAL ORGANS WHEN ABSORBED THRU SKIN. CRACK/DRY FROM DEFATTING
ACTION.INGEST:SLIGHTLY TOXIC TO INTERNAL ORGANS .AFFECTS NERVOUS
SYS.ASPIRATION HAZ RESULTING IN SEVERE INURY LUNGS/DEATH. (SUPP)
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: PER MSDS:PRODUCT CONTAINS BENZENE.
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: EYE:PAIN,TEARS,SWELLING,REDNESS,BLURR
VISION.SKIN:PAIN,FEELING OF HEAT,DISCOLORATION,SWELLING,BLISTER.INHAL:CNS
EFFECTS-HEAD,DIZZ,LOSS OF APPETITE & COORD,WEAK.INHAL:RESP TRACT
IRRIT-NASAL DISCHARGE,SORE THROAT,COUGH,BRONCHITIS,PULM EDEMA,D IFFICULTY IN
BREATH.INGEST:HEAD,DIZZ,LOSS OF APPETITE/COORD,WEAK.
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: NONE SPECIFIED SY MANUFACTURER. TARGET
ORGANS:NERVOUS SYSTEM.
First Aid: EYE:FLUSH IMMED W/FRESH WATER FOR @LEAST 15MINS OPENING
EYELIDS.REMOVE CONTACT LENSES.IRRIT PERSIST SEE DR.SKIN:REMOVE CONTAMIN
CLOTH. WASH WELL W/SOAP/WATER. SIGNS/SYMPT OCCOR SEE DR. INGEST: GIVE W.'C\TER/MILK
TO DRINK.CALL FOR MED ADVICE.DO NOT MAKE PERSON VOMIT UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO
SO SY MED PERSON.CAN'T GET ADVICE TAKE TO MED EMERG
CNTR/HOSP.INHAL:SIGN/SYMPT OCCUR MOVE TO FRESH AIR.SEE DR (SUPPLEM)
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: REMOVE IGN SOURCES.OBSERVE PRECAUT IN MSDS.CLEAN UP
IMMED-USE APPROPRIATE TECHN(SORBENT MATL,PUMPING) .FEASIBLE/APPROPRIATE REMOVE
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/95/cbrvy.html 06/15/2001
CONTAMIN SOIL.WATER POLLUTANT.PREVENT SOIL CONTAMIN/SNTER DRAINAGS/SEWER
SYS.IF REACH SURFACE WATERS CALL 800-424-8802.
Neutralizing Agent: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Waste Disposal Methods: MATL MAY MEET HAZ WASTE CRITERIA DEFINED BY USEPA UNDER
RCRA/OTHER STATE/LOC REGS.MEASUREMENT OF CERTAIN PHYS PROPER/ANALYSIS FOR REG
COMPONENTS MAY BE NECESSARY TO MAKE CORRECT DETERMINATION.CLASSifIED AS ~AZ
WASTE,DISPO @LIC HAZ WASTE DIS PO (SUPPL)
Handling And Storage Precautions: NEVER SIPHON GASOLINE BY MOUTH.USE ONLY AS
MOTOR FUEL.DO NOT USE FOR CLEAN/PRESSURE APPLIANCE FUEL/OTHER SUCH
USE.READ/OBSERVE ALL PRECAUT ON PROD LAB
Other Precautions: USE ONLY IN WELL VENTI AREA.KEEP CNTNR CLSD.DON'T TRANSFLIQ
TO UNLABEL CNTNR.DON'T WELD/HEAT/DRILL CNTNR.REPLACE CAP/BUNG.EMPTIEDCNTNR
STILL HAS HAZ/EXPLO VAP/LIQ.REFER:29CFR1910.1028.
-=--===================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
Flash ?oint Method: PMCC
?lash Poini:. Text: <-49F,<-45C
Lower Limits: 1.4
Upper Limits: 7.6
Extinguishing Media: FIRE FIGHTING FOAM:ALCOHOL RESISTANT TYPE (AR). AfFF, CO2,
DRY CHEMICAL.
Fire Fighting Procedures: DO NOT ENTER ANY ENCLOSED/CONFINED FIRE SPACE W/OUT
PROPER.PROTECTIVE EQPMT INCLUDING SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARF.TUS.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: PRODUCT PRESENTS EXTREME FIRE HAZ.LIQ VERY
QUICKLY EVAPORATE,FORMS VAP/FUMES & CAN CATCH FIRE/BURN W/EXPLO
VIOL.INVISIBLE VAP SPREADS.
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respirato:cy P:cotection: NO SPEC RESP PROT NORMALLY REQUIRED.HOWEVER IF
OPE~~TING CONDITIONS CREATE AIRBORNE CONCEN WHICH EXCEED RECOMMENDED EXPO
STDS USE 0: F-.PPROVED RESP IS REQUIRED. REFER TO OSHA BENZENE STD TO DETERMINE
RES? TYPE REQUIRED BASED ON EXPO LEVELS.
Ventilation: USE THIS MATL ONLY IN WELL VENTILATED AREAS.
Protective Gloves: NO SPEC USUALLY NECESSARY,
Eye Protection: CHEMCIAL GOGGLES.
Other Protective Equipment: PROTECTIVE CLOTH TO MIN SKIN CONTACT.
Work Hygienic Practices: DISCARD CONTAMIN NON-WATERPROOF SHOES/SOOTS;WASH
CONT/I.MN CLOTH.
Supplemental Safety and Health: HEALTH HAZ:INHAL:SLIGHTLY TOXIC TO INTERNAL
ORGANS.EFFECTS NERVOUS SYS.HEAD,DIZZ,LOSS OF A?PETITE &
COORDINATION,WEAK,COMA,DEATH,PULM EDEMA,SRONCHITIS. lSTAID:IF SYPMT
CONTD. DR: INGEST /VOMIT C/1.N RESULT IN ASPIRATION-PNEUMONITIS. DIS PO: REQUIR ED
BY FED LAW.CONTAINS REGULATORY INGREDS
Physical/Chemical Properties
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/95/cbrvy.html 06/15/200 I
--==
-=--=--==-------==------=======================-=--=---
HCC: Fl
Soiling Point: -25.C, 77.F
M.P/F.P Text: NA
Vapor Pres: 5-15 PSI
Vapor Density: 3-4
Spec Gravity: 0.7-0.8
tvaporation Rate & Reference: N/DETERMINED.
Solubility in Water: INSOLUBLE.
Appearance and Odor: ORANGE TO BRONZE LIQUID.
?ercent Volatiles by Volume: 99
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=====================================================--
Stability Indicator: YES
.. -
Stability Condition To Avoid: NO DATA AVAILABLE; HOWEVER DO NOT USE/STORE NEAR
FLAME,SPARK/HOT SURFACES.
Materials To Avoid: MAY REACT WITH STRONG OXIDIZING AGETNS SUCH AS CHLORATES,
NITRATES, PEROXIDES, ETC.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: NO DATA AVAILABLE. NORMAL COMBUST FORMS CO2,
WATER VAPOR;INCOMPLETE COMBUST CAN PRODUCE CO.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Ecological Information
======================================================-
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Other Information
===============-=-============================--=------
===============================================----=---
Transportation Information
======================================================-
Responsible Party Cage: 0ACV2
Trans ID NO: 51202
Pcoduct ID: CPS 201110 REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINES
MSDS Prepared Date: 11/15/1995
Review Date: 02/27/1999
MFN: 1
Net Unit Weight: BULK
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'95/cbrvy .html
-
06/15/2001
-Multiple KIT Number: 0
Review IND: Y
Unit Of Issue: GL
Container QTY: BULK
Type Of Container: BULK
Additional Data: LTD QTY EXEMPT FROM LABEL & PLACARD; UNLESS OFFERED FOR
TRANSPORT 5Y AIR. 1-PKG GRP I:NOT OVER 0.5 L; 2-PKG GRP II:NOT ov::R 1.0 L;
3-PKG GRP III:NOT OVER 5.0 L; PACKED IN STRONG OUTC:R PACKAGINGS; GROSS WSIGHT
< 66 LBS. ORM-D:ABOVS PLUS NOS HIPPING PAPER.
=======================================================
Detail DOT Infor~ation
DOT PSN Code: GJF
DOT Proper Shipping Name: FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, N.0.S.
Hazard Class: 3
UN ID Num: UN1993
DOT Packaging Group: I
Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID
Special Provision: T42
Non Sulk Pack: 201
Bulk Pack: 243
Max Qty Pass: 1 L
Max Qty Cargo: 30 L
Vessel Stow Req: E
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
IMO PSN Code: HIM
IMO Proper Shipping Name: FLAMMABLE LIQUID, N·.o.s. 0
IMDG Page Number: 3126
UN Number: 1993
UN Hazard Class: 3.1
IMO Packaging Group: I/II
Subsidiary Risk Label: -
EMS Number: 3-07
MED First Aid Guide NUM: T
Detail IATA Information
IATA PSN 3Q
IATA UN ID Num: 1993
IATA Proper Shipping Name: FLAMMABLE LIQUID, N.O.S. *
IATA UN Class: 3
IATA Label: FLAMMABLE LIQUID
UN Packing Group: I
Packing Note Passenger: 302
Max Quant Pass: 11
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/95/cbrvy.htm1 06/15/200 I
llii
Max Quant Cargo: 301
Packaging Note Cargo: 303
Exceptions: A3
------=--=--===========================================
Detail AFI Information
-======================================================
Ar"I ?SN 3Q
AFI Symbols: *
A:I Proper Shipping Name: FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS, N.O.S.
AFI Hazard Class: 3
A:I UN ID NUM: UN1993
A?I Packing Group: I
Special Provisions: P3
Back Pack Reference: A7.3
--=--------============================================
;JAZCOM Label
------===-=============================================
Produce ID: CPS 201110 REGULAR UNLEADED GASOLINES
Cage: OACV2
Company Name: CHEVRON CHEMICAL CO DIV OF CHEVRON US A INC
Street: 63149 COLUMBIA RIVER HWY
?O Box: 810
City: ST. HELENS OR
Zipcode: 97051
Health Emergency Phone: B00-234-0623/800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 09/06/1996
Status Code: C
Label Date: 09/06/1996
Origination Code: F
Chronic Hazard IND: Y
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: DANGER
Respiratory Protection IND: YES
Health Hazard: Moderate
Contact Hazard: Slight
Fire Hazard: Severe
Reactivity Hazard: None
-
Hazard And Precautions: EYE:LIQ/VAP/MIST SPRAY/FUMES SLIGHT IRRIT,PROL VISION
IMPAIR. SKIN: MOD IRRIT, PROL INJURY. PRACT NON-TOXIC TO INTERN ORG W/SKIN
ABSORB.CRACK/DRY FROM DEFAT ACTION.INGEST/INHAL:SLIGHTLY TOXIC TO INTERN
ORG.AFFECTS CNS.ASPIRATION HAZ RESULTS IN SEVERE INURY
LUNGS/DEATH.lSTAID:EYE:FLUSH IMMED W/WATER @LEAST 15MINS,OPN EYELIDS.REMOVE
CONTACT LENSES.IRRIT PERSIST SEE DR.SKIN:REMOVE CONTAMIN CLOTH.WASH WELL
W/SOAP/WATER.SIGNS/SYMPT OCCUR SEE DR.INGEST:GIVE WATER/MILK TO DRINK.CALL
FOR MED ADVICE/TAKE TO MED EMERG RM/HOSP.DO NOT MAKE PERSON VOMIT UNLESS
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/9 5/cbrvy.html
-
06/15/200 l
----iliil -DIRSCTSD TO DO SO BY MED PERSON.INHAL:MOVE TO FRESH AIR.ANY EFFECTS SSE DR.
TARGST ORGAN:CNS.
---====================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of A.~erica should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/95/cbrvy.html 06/15/2001
- - --·---·-
SUN INC --HWY DIESEL 2
------------=======================================-=-=
NSDS Safety Info=mation
=-----====-============================================
,SC: 9140
NIIN: 00-000-0184
MSDS Date: 11/20/1998
MSDS Num: CJGRZ
Produce ID: HWY DIESEL 2
MFN: 01
Responsible Party
Cage: 78 628
Name: SUN CO INC
Address: TEN PENN CENTER 1801 MARKET STREET
City: PHILADELPHIA (fORM.ALLY RADNOR) PA 19103-1699
Info Phone Number: 8009648861/CHEMTREC 18004249300
Emergency ?hone Number: 800-964-8861
Resp. Party Other MSDS No.: R00000004600
Preparer's Name: JOANNE HOUCK
Chemtrec IND/Phone: [phone]
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
=======================================================
Contractor Summary
==--=-------==-========================================
Cage: 76628
Name: SUN CO INC
Address: TEN PENN CENTER 1601 MARKET STREET
City: PHILADC:LPHIA (FORMALLY RADNOR) PA 19103-1699
Phone: [phone]/CHEMTREC 18004249300
------========================================-========
Item Description Information
======-=-==============================================
Item Manager: S9F
Item Name: USED TO BE 26648
Specification Number: VV-F-800
Type/Grade/Class: DF2,LOW SULFUR
Unit of Issue: GL
UI Container Qty: UNKNOWN
Type of Container: UNKNOWN
===---------===========================================
!ng::-edienc.s
=======================================================
Cas: 66476-34-6
Name: FUELS, orss;L, NO. 2
Percent by Wt: 100.
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/98/cjgrz.html
------
06/15/200 I
c::a aa. liiil. ------•·-· --· --·· ----LOI.,.
Othe~ RSC Limits: TWA 100 PPM (MFR)
OSHA PEL: 5 MG/M3 (OIL MIST}
ACGIH TLV: 5 MG/M3 (OIL MIST}
=======================================================
Eealth Hazards Data
-------------==========================================
LDSO LCSO Mixture: LDSO (ORAL, RAT} N/K
Route Of Entry Inds -Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: YES
Ca=cinogenicity Inds -NT?: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: TARGET ORGANS: EYE, SKIN, CENTAL NERVOUS SYSTEM,
RESPIRATORY AND GASTROINTESTINAL TRACTS (}. ACUTE -EYE: CONTACT WITH EYE MAY
CAUSE MILD IRRITATION. SKIN: ABSORPTION OF M."TERIAL MAY PRODUCE SYSTEMIC
TOXICITY .. CONT/l.INS A MATERIAL (S} WHI CH HAS CAUSED SKIN TUM0?-5 IN LAS
ANIMALS. MAY CAUSE SEVERE IRRITATION WITH PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT.
RSMOVES N.O.TURAL OILS AND FATS :ROM SKIN. INHALATION: EXCESSIVE EXPOSURE TO
MISTS OR VAPORS GENERATED BY HEAT MAY CAUSE IRRITATION TO RESPIRATORY TRACT
AND CNS DEPRESSION. INGESTION: HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED. ASPIRATION
HAZARD. CAN CAUSE LUNG DAMAGE. CHRONIC -M.o.Y Cll.USE SEVERE TOXICITY.
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: WHOLE DIESEL ENGINE EXHAUST IS CLASSIFIED AS A
P?-OB/l.BLE CARCINOGEN (IARC 2A}; IS REGARDED 1'.S A POTSNTIAL CAUSE OF
OCCUPATIONAL LUNG CANCER (NIOSH}, ?ER MSDS ..
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: TEARING, REDNESS, IRRITATION OF EYES;
EDNESS, BURNING, DRYING AND CRACKING OF SKIN; GASTROINTESTINAL IRRITATION
(NAUSEA, VOMITING, DIARRHEA}, IRRITATION (NOSE, THROAT, RESPIRATROY TRACT},
DIZZINESS, DROWSINESS, WEAKNESS, FATIGUE, HEADACHE, UNCONSCIOUSNESS, COMA,
AND DEATH.
Medical Cond Aggravated By
EYE PROBLEMS OR IMPAIRED
(ASTHMA-LIKE CONDITIONS}
?RODUCT.
Exposure: PERSONS WITH PRE-EXISTING SKIN DISORDERS,
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM, OR RESPIRATORY FUNCTION
M.o.Y BE MORE SUSCEPTIBLE TO THE EFFECTS OF THIS
rirst Aid: INHALATION: MOVE PSRSON TO fRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE
ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. EYE CONTACT: FLUSH WITH WATER
FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES WHILE HOLDING EYELIDS APART. OBTAIN MEDICAL
ASSISTANCE. SKIN: WASH WITH SOAP AND WATER UNTIL NO ODOR REMAINS. IF REDNESS
OR SWELLING DEVELOPS, OBTAIN MEDICAL ASSISTANCE. REMOVE SOAKED CLOTHING AND
WASP. BEtORE REUSE. DESTROY CONTAMINATED SHOES. INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING. DO NOT GIVE FLUIDS! DO NOT GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN
UNCONSCIOUS PERSON. OBTAIN EMERGENCY MEDICAL ATTENTION. SMALL AMOUNTS
ACCIDENTALLY ENTER MOUTH SHOULD BE RINSED OUT UNTIL TASTE IS GONE.
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: PREVENT IGNITION; STOP LEAK; VENTILATE AREA. CONTAIN
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/98/cjgrz.html 06/15/2001
-
SPILL. USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. ADVISE EPA; STATE AGENCY IF
REQUIRED. ABSORB ON INERT MATERIAL. SHOVEL, SWEEP OR VACUUM SPILL.
Waste Disposal Methods: FOLLOW LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. RCRA
HAZARDOUS WASTE. DO NOT FLUSH TO DRAIN/ STORM SEWER. CONTRACT TO AUTHORIZED
DISPOSAL SERVICE.
Handling And Storage Precautions: KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS AND FLAME. KEEP
CONTAINER TIGHTLY CLOSED. KEEP IN WELL VENTIALTED SPACE. NFPA CLASS IIIA
STORAGE. TRANSFER OPERATIONS MUST BE ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED TO DISSIPATE
ST.r1TIC BUILDUP.
Other Precautions:·AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS OR MISTS. AVOIDPROLONGED
OR REPEATED CONTACT WITH SKIN. WASH THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP·ANDWATER AfTER
HANDLING AND BEFORE EATING, DRINKING, APPLYING COSMETIC ORUSING TOILST
FACILITIES. REMOVE CONTAMINATED C LOT HING PROMPTLY. LAUNDERBEFORE REUSE. KSSP
OUT OF !'-S.".CH OF CHILDREN.
=======================================================
Fire and Ex9losion Hazard Informa~ion
Flash Point Method: PMCC
flash Point: >57.2C, 135.F
Autoignition Temp: -260.C, 500.F
Lower Limits: ND
Upper Limits: ND
Extinguishing Media: WATER SPRAY. RtGULAR tO?.M, DRY CHENICAL. CARBON DIOXIDE.
Fire Fighting Procedures: WEAR SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS. WEAR
STRUCTURAL FIREFIGHTERS PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
Unusual' Fire/Explosion Hazard: COMBUSTIBLE (FLASH POINT 100 TO 200F). COOL
TANK/ CONTAINER. WATER OR FOAM MAY CAUSE FROTHING.
Co:1trol Measures
=====================================================-=
Respiratory Protection: CONCENTRATION-IN-AIR DETERMINES PROTECTION NSEDED.USS
ONLY NIOSH CERTIFIED RESPIRATORY PROTECTION. AIR PURIFYING RESPIRAOR WITH
ORGi'.NIC V.".POR CARTRIDGES IS ACCETABLE TO 50 TIMES THE SXPOSURE LIMIT. USE A
POSITIVE PRESSURE-DEMAND FULL-FACES UPPLIED AIR RESPIRATOR OR SCBA fOR
SXPOSURE ABOVE SOX THE EXPOSURE LIMIT OR IF ·EXPOSURE LEVELS ARE UNKNOWN ..
Ventilation: USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. LOCAL EXHAUST VENITLATION
RECOMMENDED
Protective Gloves: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC), NEOPRENE, NITRILE, POLYVINYL
ALCOHOL, VITON
Eye Protection: SPLASH·PROOf CHEMICAL GOGGLES OR FULL FACE SHISLD
Other Protective Equipment: WEAR CHEMICAL RESISTANT CLOTHING; POLYVINYL
ALCOHOL(PVA), POLYVINYL CHLORIDE(PVC), PEOPRSNS, NITRILE, POLYURETHANE.
SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE WASH AVAILABILITY IS RECOMMENED.
vlork Hygienic Practices: LAUNDER SOILED CLOTHES
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/98/cjgrz.html
-
06/15/200 I
Tech Entry NOS Shipping Nm: FUEL DISSEL NO 2
Muitiple KIT Number: 0
Unit Of Issue: GL
Container QTY: UNKNOWN
Type Of Container: UNKNOWN
Additional Data: THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED BY PASSENGER/CARGO AIR: 60 LIE?.S/220
LITE?.S. DOT P?.OPER SHIPPING NA.~E, NA ID NUMBER, HAZARD CLASSIFICATION, AND
?.0.CKING GROUP PER MSDS.
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: GOD
Symbols: D
DOT Proper Shipping Name: FUEL OIL
DOT PSN Modifier: .(NO. 1, 2, 4, 5 OR 6)
Hazard Class: 3
UN ID Num: NA1993
DOT Packaging Group: III
Label: fLAMMABLE LIQUID
Special Provision: Bl
Non 3ulk Pack: 203
Bulk Pack: 242
Max Qty Pass: 60 L
Max Qty Cargo: 220 L
Vessel Stow Reg: A
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=================================================------
IMO PSN Code: LMH
IMO Proper Shipping Name: PETROLEUM DISTILLATES, N.O.S. o
IMDG Page Number: 3375
UN Number: 1268
UN Eazard Class: 3.3
IMO Packaging Group: III
Subsidiary Risk Label: -
SMS Number: 3-07
MSD :"irst I-.id Guide NUM: 311
Detail IATA Information
IATA ?SN Code: TJE
IATA ON ID Num; 1268
IATA Proper Shipping Name: PETROLEUM DISTILLATES, N.0.S.
IATA UN Class: 3
IATA Label: FLA.~MABLE LIQUID
ON Packing Group: III
Packing Note Passenger: 309
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/98/cjgrz.html 06/15/200 I
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of An1erica and disclaims all liability for such use. Any pe:::-son
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.
http ://siri. uvm. edu/msds2/f/98/cjgrz.html 06/15/200 l
c.SAT, SP.O.RKS,OPEN FLAME OR OXIDIZSRS.
Other ?recautions: MINIMIZE SKIN CONTACT. WASH WITH SOAP & WAT~R
BEFOREEi'.TING, DRINKING, SMOKING OR USING TOILET FACILITIES. LAlJNDi':?-
CONTAMINATEDCLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. PROPERLY DISPOSE OF CONTAMINATED LEATHER
A:'-TICLES {SHOSS) THAT CAN NOT BE DECONTAMINATED.
=======--==============================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Flash Point Method: COC
Flash ?oint Text: 450F,232C
Autoignition Temp Text: >900F
Extinguishing Media: CARBON DIOXIDE, CHEMICAL·FOAM, OR DRY CHEMICAL.WATER MAY
SE INEFfECTIVE BUT CAN BE USED TO.COOL CONTAINERS NEARBY FLAMES
Fire Fighting Procedures: USE NIOSH APPROVED S~LF CONTAINED BRSATHING A??AR.ATUS
& :ULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. WATER/FOAM MAY CAUSE FROTHING ESPECIALLY IF
SPRAYED INTO HOT/BURNING LIQUID.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: DENSE SMOKE MAY BE GENERF.TED WHILE BURNING.
CARBON MONOXIDE, CARBON DIOXIDE, AND OTHER OXIDES MAY BE GENERATED AS
P:'-ODUCTS OF COMBUSTION.
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: NONE NORMALLY REQUIRED.IF VAPORS/MIST IS GENERATED WHEN
THE MATERIAL IS HEATED/HANDLED,USE A NIOSH CERTIFIED ORGANIC VAPOR RESPIRATOR
WITH A DUST AND MIST FILTER.DO NOT USE COMPRESSED OXYGEN IN HYDROCARBON
.ATMOSPHERES.
Ventilation: LOCAL/MECHANICAL {NON-SPARKING EQUIPMENT) TO Mi'.INT.O.IN
CONCENTRATIONS BELOW THE SPECIFIED EXPOSURE/FLAMMABLE LIMITS.
Protective Gloves: NEOPRENE RUBBER AS REQUIRED.
Eye Protection: SAFETY GLASSES RECOMMENDED.
Othe~ Protective Squiprnent: EYE WASH ST.i:i,.TION AND SJ.:.FSTY SHOVE~. INDUST?-IAL-TY?E
WORK CLOTHING AND APRON AS REQUIRED.
Work Hygienic Practices: CONSUMPTION OF FOOD AND BEVERAGE SHOULD BE AVOIDED IN
WORK AREAS. DO NOT WEAR CONTAMINATED CLOTHING OR FOOTWEAR.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: V6
B.P. Text: >800F,>427C
M.P/F.P Text: 370F,188C
Decomp Text: UNKNOWN
Vapor ?res: UNKNOWN
Vapor Density: UNKNOWN
Spec Gravity: < 1.0
Evaporation Rate & Reference: UNKNOWN
Solubility in Water: INSOLUBLE
Appearance and Odor: OPAQUE, DARK GREEN COLOR; MILD PETROLEUM ODOR
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/97 /bkmzm.html 06/15/200 I
-Corrosion Rate: UNKNOWN -----------------.--=----------------------------------
?.eactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Stability Condition To Avoid: OPEN FLAMES
Materials To Avoid: STRONG OXIDIZING AGENTS
Hazardous Decomposition Products: NONE
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Ecological Information
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
========-====-====--=--==-----=--=---------------------
Other Information
======================================================= =======================================================
Transportation Information
============================================-===-------
Responsible Party Cage: 83589
Trans ID NO: 125263
Product ID: EP BEARING GREASE 706
MSDS Prepared Date: 07/02/1997
Review Date: 08/28/1991
MFN: 1
Net Unit Weight: 35.0 LBS
Multiple KIT Number: 0
Review IND: Y
Unit Of Issue: CN
Container QTY: 35
Type Of Container:
L3S
CAN
=======================================================
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: ZZZ
-
DOT Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/97 /bkmzm.html
--
06/15/200 I
--·!---'!!!!!ii
IMO PSN Code: ZZZ
IMO Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED tOR THIS MODE Of TRANS?O,\TATION
=======================================================
Detail IATA Information
=====================================================--
IATA PSN Code: ZZZ
IATA P::oper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TAANSPORTATION
=======================================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN Code: ZZZ
i'.FI Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TAANSPORTATION
================================================-=---=-
HAZCOM Label
=======================================================
Product ID: EP BEARING GREASE 706
Cage: 83589
Compa:oy Name: PENNZOIL COMPANY
Street: UNKNOWN
PO Box: 808
City: OIL CITY PA
Zipcode: 16301
Health Emergency Phone: [phone]
Label Required IND: Y
Date oi Label Review: 08/28/1991
Status Code: C
MFG Label NO: UNKNOWN
Label Date: 08/28/1991
Origination Code: F
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: CAUTION
Health Hazard: Slight
Contact Hazard: Slight
Fire Hazard: Slight
Reactivitv Hazard: None
Hazard And Precautions: ACUTE-EYES:SLIGHT IRRITATION.SKIN:PROLONGED/REPEATED
CONTACT CAN CAUSE IRRITATION & DERMATITIS.INHALATION:NOT EXPECTED TO 9E A
HAZARD AT AMBIENT CONDITIONS.INGESTION:RELATIVELY NON-TOXIC.IT HAS LAXATIVE
PROPERTIES & MAY CAUSE ABDOMINAL CRAM PS &
Dii'.,\KHEA. CHRONIC-INHALATION: IF ASPIAATED CAN LEAD TO LI ?ID ?NEUMONIA. STORE
AWAY :"ROM HEAT, S?.;RKS, OPEN FLAME OR OXIDIZE:\$. FIRST P..ID-INHAL.=-.TION: IS NOT
CONSIDERED A PROBLEM UNDER NORMAL USAGE CONDITIONS. EYES: FLUSH WITH WAER FOR
15 MINUTES WHILE HOLDING EYELIDS OPEN.GET MEDICAL ATTENTION.SKIN:WASH WITH
SOAP & WATER. INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION.
====================================================---
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/£'97 /bkmzm.html 06/151200 l
--l!!!!!!!!I -,'l!!!!!!!I . !!!!!!!!I -
The United States of J:.l..merica in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of P.merica and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.
http://siri.uvm.edu/msds2/f/97 /bkmzm.html
!!!!I
06/15/2001